ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration,...

169
Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 183 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees Celsius and amounts of sunlight, rain airborne dust and debris anticipated under an open sided canopy located in the Metro Manila area; ii. Sound Level: The escalator shall be designed to operate at or lower than 60dBA sound level measured 1500mm from the escalator at any location with the escalator operating normally, free running or under load at the designated speed; iii. Corrosion protection: The escalators assembly and envelope shall be assigned and finished in a manner to avoid detrimental atmospheric corrosion and galvanic corrosion due to contract between dissimilar metals; and iv. Fire protection: The escalator shall be constructed of noncombustible (as defined in ASTM E136) materials throughout except for handrails, step wheels and electrical equipment, Handrails shall have aflame spread rating of 76 to 200 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 and comply with requirements of Philippine Electrical Codes. g. Electrical Power Supply: 480 volt AC, three-phase, 60 Hz. 10.2.1.4 Quality Assurance a. Applicable Codes and Standards: i. Philippine Electrical Code (PEC) ii. National Building Code of Philippines and its Supplements iii. Fire Code of the Philippines iv. Philippines Mechanical Code b. Source Quality Control: i. Escalator components shall be from standard product lines of escalator manufacturer unless approved otherwise. ii. Components shall have performed satisfactorily together for at least one year under conditions of regular use in not less than two other escalator installation of similar design; iii. All material and equipment shall be new; and iv. Within seven days of written request by the Engineers, submit the following information for any materials and products proposed for supply; a. Name and address of manufacturer; b. Trade name model and catalogue number; c. Performance descriptive and test data; d. Manufacturer’s installation or application instructions; and e. Evidence or arrangement to procure. c. Manufacturer’s Instruction: i. Unless otherwise specified, comply with manufacturer’s latest printed instruction for materials and installation methods; and ii. Notify the Engineer in writing of any conflict between these specifications and manufacturer’s instruction. The Engineer will designate which is to be followed.

Transcript of ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration,...

Page 1: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 183 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees Celsius and amounts of sunlight, rain airborne dust and debris anticipated under an open sided canopy located in the Metro Manila area;

ii. Sound Level: The escalator shall be designed to operate at or lower than 60dBA sound level measured 1500mm from the escalator at any location with the escalator operating normally, free running or under load at the designated speed;

iii. Corrosion protection: The escalators assembly and envelope shall be assigned and finished in a manner to avoid detrimental atmospheric corrosion and galvanic corrosion due to contract between dissimilar metals; and

iv. Fire protection: The escalator shall be constructed of noncombustible (as defined in ASTM E136) materials throughout except for handrails, step wheels and electrical equipment, Handrails shall have aflame spread rating of 76 to 200 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 and comply with requirements of Philippine Electrical Codes.

g. Electrical Power Supply: 480 volt AC, three-phase, 60 Hz.

10.2.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. Applicable Codes and Standards:

i. Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)

ii. National Building Code of Philippines and its Supplements

iii. Fire Code of the Philippines

iv. Philippines Mechanical Code

b. Source Quality Control:

i. Escalator components shall be from standard product lines of escalator manufacturer unless approved otherwise.

ii. Components shall have performed satisfactorily together for at least one year under conditions of regular use in not less than two other escalator installation of similar design;

iii. All material and equipment shall be new; and

iv. Within seven days of written request by the Engineers, submit the following information for any materials and products proposed for supply;

a. Name and address of manufacturer; b. Trade name model and catalogue number; c. Performance descriptive and test data; d. Manufacturer’s installation or application instructions; and e. Evidence or arrangement to procure.

c. Manufacturer’s Instruction:

i. Unless otherwise specified, comply with manufacturer’s latest printed instruction for materials and installation methods; and

ii. Notify the Engineer in writing of any conflict between these specifications and manufacturer’s instruction. The Engineer will designate which is to be followed.

Page 2: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 184 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

d. Warranty

The Contractor shall warrant ESCALATORS against defects and malfunction under normal usage for 2 years from the date of Substantial Completion.

10.2.1.5 Regulatory Agencies

a. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits in accordance with the General Conditions and perform such tests as may be required for acceptance and approval of escalators by governing agencies having jurisdiction.

10.2.1.6 Labelling Requirements

a. Escalator shall be clearly marked with rated load and speed.

10.2.1.7 Submittals

a. Drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer showing truss design, support and member locations, equipment arrangements, access spaces, points of entry, landing plate frames, weight of truss, paneling, light switches, light fixture maintenance receptacles and safety devices. Drive motors, controllers, and safety devices, including brakes shall be located on the drawings. Furnish schematic and electrical wiring diagrams of power distribution and control systems, including wring of safety devices and interface connections for remote indication and control for escalator. Drawings of step linkages showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the truss reactions. Drawings shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1.4, Submittals.

b. Samples: Furnish samples of the following items;

i. Landing Plate materials 300mm including a joint;

ii. Handrail: 300mm long; and

iii. Stainless Steel Paneling for Balustrade: 300mm by 300mm.

c. The Contractor shall specify the stopping distance for a down travelling escalator under no load/full load.

d. Maintenance Program: Detailed maintenance program, showing functions to be performed and their scheduled frequency shall be provided in accordance with Clause 10.2.3.3.

e. Instruction and Maintenance data shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01730, “Operating and Maintenance Data” and shall include;

i. Description of escalators system’s method of operation and control including motor control system and special or non-standard features provided.

ii. Parts catalogues giving complete list of repair and replacement parts with identifying numbers; and

iii. Legible schematic wiring diagrams covering electrical equipment a supplied and installed, including changes made in final work, with symbols listed corresponding to identify markings on both machine room and escalator apparatus.

10.2.1.8 Delivery and Storage

10.2.1.9 Clean-up

10.2.1.10 Cutting, Pitting and Patching

Page 3: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 185 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

a. Where Work connects with existing work of other Contractors and where this existing wok is altered, the Contractor shall cut, patch and make good to match existing work.

10.2.1.11 Temporary Facilities

10.2.2 Products

10.2.2.1 Mechanical Equipment

a. Two speed, cleat step, reversible type escalator with extended newels capable of operating under full load conditions for either ascending or descending passenger service at an inline of 30 degrees from horizontal.

b. Escalators shall be self-contained units consisting of truss, trucks, driving machine, controller, safety devices, balustrades, decks and other parts.

c. Escalators steps and attachments shall be removable without disturbing balustrades or dismantling any parts of chains.

d. Escalators equipment shall be constructed to operate satisfactorily under environmental prevailing conditions.

10.2.2.2 Tracks

a. Tracks shall retain steps and running gear safely under load requirements and highest design speed and be installed in a manner which permits easy removal and replacement of worn or defective sections. Mechanical components shall be removable without dismantling parts of the structure. Tracks shall be properly supported on trusses to provide correct alignment and smooth, even operation of the running gear. Track loading and wheel size shall be such that interaction force between each wheel and track permits escalator to meet reliability and maintain ability requirements.

b. Step chain tracks shall be constructed of structural steel and form a continuous running surfaces throughout the incline and transition curves at the upper and lower landings in order to provide a smooth ride without discernable vibration.

10.2.2.3 Steps

a. Step assembly shall be of die cast aluminum or steel plate fabrication. Step treads shall be designed to mesh with the comb plates. Steps and their various attachments shall be removable from above without disturbing the balustrades or dismantling the drive system. It shall be possible to permit running of drive without steps convenience in cleaning and inspection. Steps shall be driven linkages in a manner which does not transmit any strain in linkage to steps.

b. A permanent yellow colored cautionary line 38mm wide shall be provided along each edge of each tread.

10.2.2.4 Treads

a. Treads shall be die cast aluminum or stainless steel, cleat type for secure foothold and comfortable tread surface. If sectional, not more than five replaceable sections per each step assembly will be permitted for ease of replacement. Chamfered or radius nosing shall be provided at riser edge of tread. Treads shall be non-sip construction.

b. A permanent yellow colored cautionary line 38mm wide shall be provided a long each edge of each tread.

Page 4: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 186 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

10.2.2.5 Risers

a. Riser shall be die cast aluminum or stainless steel, and furnished with full height vertical cleats. Risers shall form an interlocking unit with the step tread of the adjacent step.

10.2.2.6 Steps Frames

a. The step frame shall be of steel or die cast aluminum reinforced to carry step tread and coated for rust prevention.

b. When steps, treads, risers and step frame are all one unit die cast aluminum will be acceptable for these components.

10.2.2.7 Step Wheels

a. Tires shall be of polyurethane or equivalent on sealed hub and bearings. Pre-lubricated steel bearings shall be self-aligning ball or roller type. Step wheels shall be located to prevent tilting or rocking of steps.

10.2.2.8 Step Linkage

a. Step linkages shall be endless type, one on each side of steps. Steps shall be spaced to prevent physical contact with each other, and to prevent linkages from sagging or buckling with means to maintain constant distance between step axles and automatic tension devices to maintain tension under load and to compensate for wear with individual fine adjustment of tension for each linkage. Step linkages shall be constructed to permit removal of segment as required for replacement. Linkages shall be guided at upper and lower landing turn around to prevent chordal action and resultant vibration and wear.

b. Chains if used, shall have roller type support wheels spaced to distribute load and to guide linkage throughout run. Wheels shall be of polyurethane material, or equivalent with diameter sufficient to provide reliability, maintainability, smoothness of motiol1 to operate within noise level requirements specified herein and be affixed to permit rapid replacement.

10.2.2.9 Combplate Assemblies

a. Comb plate assemblies shall be of die cast aluminum or stainless steel. Rib pattern shall be designed to permit ease of replacement. Each assembly shall have not less than three nor more than seven comb teeth sections. Lateral and vertical adjustment shall be possible so that cleats of step treads pass between comb teeth with minimum clearance.

b. Teeth shall be designed to engage treads on escalator steps to prevent injury to passengers and to prevent breakage and wear teeth caused by interference with step treads. Teeth shall withstand a load of 1.2kN applied in upward direction at the tip of anyone tooth.

10.2.2.10 Upper and Lower Landing Plates

a. Landing plates shall have frames at floor openings, supported on truss heads to cover the entire area of upper and lower landings as indicated in the Contact Drawings. Plates shall be reinforced as required for a live load of 5.0kN/m1. Secondary frames shall be provided around the perimeter of the landing plate frames to provide the specified separation from adjacent floor finishes. This secondary frames shall be securely fixed to the primary structure. The gap between frames shall be caulked.

Page 5: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 187 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

b. Plates shall be of extruded or die cast aluminum or stainless steel in a ribbed pattern transverse to the escalator axis. Ribs shall provide maximum traction. Frames shall be made of stainless steel.

c. Plates shall be light-weight and removable or hinged for ease of access to machinery and maintenance areas. Sections shall be of size and weight which can be handled by one worker.

10.2.2.11 Drive Machinery

a. Motors and drive mechanisms shall be mounted within the truss envelope. The drive machine shall be designed especially for moving stairway service, driven by an electric motor, the speed of which shall not exceed 1800 R.P.M. Routine maintenance of drive machinery shall be possible without physical removal of components of the escalator and without use of special tools.

b. Chain drive between motors shall have reduction gears or other drive mechanism with provisions for tensioning chain.

c. Where worm gears are used it shall be single stage type with means for determining oil level inside the case and for draining of oil.

d. Step chain shall be driven by a sprocket connected to the drive machine with a double or triple strand roller chain. The drive sprocket shall directly engage the step chain rollers. Intermediate linkages or belt drives shall not be permitted in the power transmission members. Re-tensioning of the drive chain shall be possible.

e. Carriages if used for tensioning of the step chain shall move on tracks. Such movement shall be by use or rollers or sets of guides with provision for horizontal guides to prevent slewing while adjusting the carriage. Mechanical adjustment and spring operated devices shall be provided to aid in adjustment of tension. Carriages shall have scale and pointer on accessible section of carriage frame to indicate movement and amount of adjustable available. Scale and pointer shall be located to indicate zero for initial position of carriage.

f. Timing belts if used shall be of the multiple reinforced type with no slip and with positive engagement.

g. Rotating parts shall have means for lubrication and retention of lubricants. Sealed bearings shall be used in environmental conditions where entry of water or dust may adversely affect bearing performance. Exposed drive elements shall be protected by removable sheet metal or wire mesh guard assemblies.

10.2.2.12 Drip Pans

a. Oil tight drip pans shall be provided for entire length and width of trusses. Each drip pan shall support a concentrated weight of 2.2kN where accessible to service persons. Drip pans shall be of sufficient size to collect and maintain within truss areas, oil and grease drippings from step linkage and all forms of loose debris that may be deposited in drip pans from steps at turn-around point at upper and lower end of truss.

b. Drip pan shall be accessible at lower landing of escalator for easy cleaning.

10.2.2.13 Handrails

Page 6: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 188 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

a. Handrails shall be traction-drive type having a return of 180 degrees minimum around newel with motion from main escalator drive or auxiliary drive so that handrail and steps operate at the same speed in each direction of travel.

b. Handrail shall have tensioning device located where readily accessible within the escalator with means to release handrail tension for repair or replacement.

c. Surface of newel bases where handrails enter or leave shall be at an angle of 90 degrees with surface of handrails. Newels shall be stainless steel type 304 constructed so that handrails return into newel end at a point difficult for passengers to reach.

d. Handrails, drive systems, and guides shall be so constructed that handrails cannot be easily thrown off or disengaged while running, with special attention to areas where handrail passes from drive system to guides.

e. Handrail wheels (if used) shall have bearings with provision for retention of lubricant.

f. Friction drive wheels and idlers (if used) shall be constructed so that lubricant cannot reach the surface of handrails.

g. Handrails shall be non-separating, seamless, smooth construction elastomeric material, vulcanized into a strong continuous loop.

h. Handrail guides shall be continuous on exposed portion of handrail and shall be constructed of stainless steel type 304.

10.2.2.14 Brakes

a. The escalator shall be provided with two brakes where required, for stopping and locking of moveable drive components. The motor brake shall be located on the motor shaft to stop the escalator upon activation of local or remote normal stop control, local EMERGENCY STOP button, any safety devices and upon loss of power. The broken drive-chain brake; when drive chain is used, shall be located on the main drive shaft to stop the escalator in event of a broken drive chain. Provisions shall be made for broken drive-chain brake to be used to mechanically lock linkages to the truss when repair is performed within the truss.

b. Operation of Brakes:

i. Motor Brake: Motor brake shall be mechanically applied (fail safe) and electrically released. Deceleration shall be smooth, gradual, and with no sudden stop. An electrical interlock shall be provided to prevent the motor being started when the brake is applied. Brake .shall be reset locally or remotely by separate key switch. Access shall be provided to brake equipment for inspection "and maintenance. The brake operating temperature shall not exceed 90 degrees Celsius above ambient temperature.

ii. Broken Drive-Chain Brake

This brake shall be mechanically engaged to lock the step chain if drive chain breakage occurs. The Broken Drive-Chain Brake shall be designed so it can be manually applied, mechanically engaged to prevent movement of linkages, while escalator is being repaired. Electrical interlock shall be provided to prevent escalator drive motors from starting while this brake is engaged. The brake shall be manually released.

Page 7: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 189 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

10.2.2.15 Trusses

a. Trusses shall be adequately supported on the load points to be indicated on the Detailed Design Drawings. Width shall be sufficient to accommodate escalator, not less than the nominal 1200mm between the finished balustrades. Trusses shall rest on and be firmly secured to top and bottom support beams.

b. Trusses shall be of ample strength to maintain alignment of tracks and moving parts, to safely retain steps and funning gear and in case of a track system failure to retain step mechanism within guides and individual truss envelopes.

c. Field splices, where necessary, shall be rigid, non-deforming and shall maintain alignment. Punched holes of proper sizes shall be provided for attaching balustrade securing brackets. Field modification of these holes by burning will not be permitted.

d. Trusses shall be painted per Section 5.3, Special Protective Coatings.

e. Truss mounts, including bolts, angles, shims, bearing pads, and spring supports shall be provided as required to align and install the escalator.

10.2.2.16 Lubrication System Requirements

a. Automatic pressure lubrication system shall be provided for step chain and central lubricating systems for all other parts requiring lubrication, except for sealed items. The automatic lubrication system shall be positive acting and centrally located in the escalator machine space or pit and it shall be of sufficient capacity to last five weeks. Lubricant housings, supply tanks or large filler cups shall have reservoir level indicator. All lubricators, housings or bearings shall be filled with lubricants recommended by the escalator manufacturer for that particular application. Automatic lubrication shall be controlled with time clocks wired to run only when escalator is in operation.

b. Sealed bearings shall be used at inaccessible locations. Self-lubricating bearings may be used where practical.

c. Bearings requiring manual lubrication shall be furnished with fittings to accommodate use of a pressure gun for lubrication. All manual lubrication connections shall be of the same type and size. Manual lubrication points shall be piped to central points, one at upper and one at lower pit areas.

d. A framed lubrication chart for the escalator shall be furnished and mounted in the escalator machine pit. The chart shall show the location of each lubrication point, type of lubricant to be used, and the frequency of lubrication.

10.2.2.17 Lock Cylinder Housing Requirements

a. Standard key and mortise cylinder with removable core shall be provided where specified.

10.2.2.18 Metal Balustrades and Skirt Panels

a. Balustrade and skirt panels shall be stainless steel type 304, No.4 finish on approved backing panels. Stiffeners, brackets, attachment angles and other concealed framework shall be galvanized or made of corrosion resistant material.

b. Panels shall have edges sealed against moisture. Panels shall be in equal lengths for interchangeability where practical. Panels shall be removable for inspection, lubrication, and adjustment of safety devices. Panels shall be

Page 8: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 190 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

fastened to their respective supports with tamperproof flat head machine screws of the captive screw type fastener removal shall be possible with the aid of special tools.

c. Paneling, decking and other enclosures shall be supported on steel framework of adequate size for imposed loads.

10.2.2.19 Decking

a. Balustrade decking shall be stainless steel Type 304, Number 4 finish identical to balustrade and other exposed stainless steel components to dimensions shown on contract Drawings.

b. Antiskid knobs shall be provided for on decking to the requirement of the authority having jurisdiction. Spacing of stops shall be 1219mm.

10.2.2.20 Electrical Equipment

a. All electrical equipment including motors, controllers, switches, indicators, lighting, heating, wiring, conduit, control apparatus and other appurtenances shall be provided as required for the complete escalator system as indicated and as specified. All electrical equipment shall be PEC approved.

b. Drive Motors for Escalators

Squirrel cage. EEMAC design B alternating current drive motors with Class B insulation, 40 degrees Celsius ambient, designed for operation on 480 volts AC, three-phase, 60-Hertz supply. The torque characteristics shall be selected to start the driven inertia load and turn the driven load at the manufacturers recommended speed and duty. Each motor nameplate shall include the motor rating. voltage, full load amperes, locked motor amperes, full load speed, design temperature rise and NEMA design rating. Refer to Division 16 of the Specifications for detailed requirements.

c. Sliding bases shall be provided for all motors which are not direct coupled. Motor frame shall be drilled and tapped for a copper cable grounding. Flexible conduit for connections to motors shall be 20mm minimum size.

d. Escalator Controllers

Motor starters for controllers shall be full Voltage, across the line, reversing type with electrical and mechanical interlocks to prevent forward and reverse motor starters from being energized at the same time. The Controller shall provide for an instantaneous emergency stop that disconnects the power supply to the driving machine motor and applies the brake to stop the escalator.

e. Wiring, conduit connections, junction boxes and safety switches shall be weatherproofed in accordance with PEC Standards.

f. Electrical Wiring Conduit and Fittings

i. Rigid steel conduit shall be used \\'ith seal-tight flex conduit between boxes and motors. Electrical metallic tubing is not acceptable;

ii. Parallel conductors if used must have identical length and be protected in accordance with PEC;

iii. Armoured flexible metal conduit shall not be used as grounding conductor; and

iv. Non-current carrying metallic parts of the escalator shall be grounded to code requirements.

Page 9: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 191 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

10.2.2.21 Operating Controls

a. Escalator shall have a local escalator control panel located in the right hand newel base facing the escalator, on the upper landing. Control panels shall be EEMAC ‘3’ construction.

b. Control functions shall include starting. emergency stopping and direction selection, remote control and speed selection (three position key switch); starting selection, remote control and direction selection functions shall be activated by key operated switches; function of each switch shall be clearly and permanently labelled on the control panel.

c. Interlocks shall be provided to bring the escalator to a stop before a change of direction may be made.

d. Provisions shall be made that will allow for the following Remote Escalator Control functions to be implemented at a later date, should LRTA so desire:

i. Escalator start (control function): ii. Escalator stop (control function); iii. Direction of travel (control function); iv. Direction of travel indication (monitor function); v. Escalator speed selection (control function); vi. Speed indication (monitor function); vii. Escalator running/not running indication (monitor function); viii. Escalator safety device activation indication (monitor function).

e. Each Remote Escalator Control function shall be associated with one pair of monitor or control conductors terminated at a terminal block in the controller cabinet or a separate junction box located in the escalator machine space (if junction box is used, conduit and wiring shall be installed between the junction box and controller, together with all terminations);

i. Terminal blocks shall be capable of accepting 3.5mm2

stranded copper conductors.

ii. Each terminal connection shall be clearly identified on a name tag consisting of three-layer plastic, white/black/white with 4.75mm high etched lettering giving black letters on a white background.

iii. One extra set of contacts shall be provided to three position priority key switch, wired to the terminal block in the IANS junction box.

f. The remote escalator control monitor and control functions shall be interfaced with the SCADA located in the telecommunications The SCADA interface circuits shall have the following electrical characteristics. The remote escalator control function circuits shall be so designed and installed as to be compatible with these characteristics:

i. Escalator start: the SCADA shall provide, one single pole normally open dry relay contact rated for 1.0 amp continuous current at 250 volts AC maximum;

ii. Escalator stop: the SCADA shall provide one single pole normally open dry relay contact rated for 1.0 amp continuous current at 250 volts AC maximum;

iii. Direction of travel (control): the SCADA shall provide one single pole normally open dry relay contact rated for 1.0 amp continuous current at 250 volts AC maximum; by convention, the relay contact in the

Page 10: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 192 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

normally open position shall cause the escalator to travel in the upward direction;

iv. Direction of travel indication: the SCADA shall provide one four-wire input circuit, with a maximum closed circuit current of 100 milliamps and maximum open circuit voltage of 30 volts DC; the remote escalator control circuit shall provide one single pole normally open dry relay contact with a maximum closed circuit resistance of 5 ohms, and with the relay contact in the normally open position by convention indicating escalator travel in the upward direction;

v. Escalator running/not running indication: the SCADA shall provide one two-wire input circuit, with a maximum closed circuit current of 100 milliamps and a maximum open circuit voltage of 30 volts DC; the remote escalator control circuit shall provide one single pole normally open dry relay contact with a maximum closed circuit resistance of 5 ohms, and with the relay contact in the normally open position by convention indicating that the escalator is not running.

vi. Escalator safety device activation indication: the SCADA shall provide one two-wire input circuit, with a maximum closed circuit current of 100 milliamps and maximum open circuit voltage of 30 volts DC; the remote escalator control circuit shall provide one single pole normally open dry relay contact with a maximum closed circuit resistance of 5 ohms and with the relay contact in the closed position by convention indicating activation of an escalator safety device:

vii. In addition to the remote escalator control functions provided as specified in Clauses 10.2.2.21.D.1 to 10.2.2.21.D.6 inclusive provision shall be made in the remote escalator control junction box for the electrical interlock specified in Clause 2.22.D.7.

viii. Each monitor function (switch or relay contact) connection to the SCADA shall be electrically isolated. No common connection or connection to ground will be permitted.

ix. The Contractor shall be responsible for the full integration of the escalator control and monitoring systems with the SCADA including all necessary wiring, terminations and connections.

10.2.2.22 Safety Devices

a. Safety devices upon their activation shall de-energize motor, apply brakes and bring the escalator to a stop. If the escalator stops because of malfunction, or actuation of one or more of the safety devices, it shall be impossible to operate the escalator until safety hazard or malfunction has been eliminated.

b. Safety devices shall be mounted in locations accessible for maintenance within the escalator and be designed for ease of adjustment or reset, without dismantling the escalator.

c. A main feeder disconnect switch, lockable in the off position, shall be provided in the escalator machine space. The disconnect switch shall be to NEMA requirements.

d. The following additional safety devices to interrupt electrical power to the escalator, and automatically apply brakes and bring the escalator to a stop shall be provided at the escalator:

Page 11: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 193 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

i. Device to stop the escalator should the escalator have a misalignment of steps, or linkages; during starting period such a device shall be inoperative until the escalator has attained the set running speed;

ii. Device to stop the escalator should one or both step linkages break, or should adjustable carriage move more than a predetermined distance in any direction;

iii. Device to remove power within the escalator and apply brakes when timing belt, if used in escalator assembly, is broken;

iv. Newel bases shall have a device to preclude passenger's hands from being carried into point of entry and exit of exposed handrail;

v. Device to remove power and stop the escalator should handrail break;

vi. Devices installed behind skirt panels at each side of upper and lower landings of the escalator, to remove power from escalator :md apply brakes should skirt panels be forced away from steps because of an object becoming wedged between step and skirt panel; and

vii. Provisions for an electrical interlock terminal to remove power from escalators when entrance gates begin to close.

e. Emergency stop button shall be located at each landing in the right hand newel base facing the escalator. The button shall be located adjacent to or in the cover of the Elevator Control Panel, at the upper landing. Buttons shall be momentary contact type push buttons, housed under clear, high impact resistant plastic cover, self-closing by means of spring loaded hinges at upper edge; cover shall have clearly printed upon it, EMERGENCY STOP, in 12mm high letters; button shall be red in color and visible through housing cover.

10.2.2.23 Materials

a. Steel Sheet Metal: to ASTM A366 cold-rolled sheet, commercial quality; to ASTM A525-80a with zinc coating.

b. Stainless steel sheet metal: to ASTM A666, type 304.

c. Stainless steel bars, wire and shapes: to ASTM A666, type 304.

10.2.2.24 Fasteners

a. The use of exposed fasteners shall be kept to a minimum. Exposed fasteners shall be corrosion resistant, shall match adjacent material in appearance, finish, and color, and be countersunk, unless otherwise indicated. Flathead tamper proof screws shall be used in exposed locations.

10.2.2.25 Finishes

a. Stainless Steel finish for cladding exposed to view shall be Standard No.4 finish.

b. Aluminum castings and Extrusions: standard mill finish.

10.2.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare Technical Specifications for 1) installation, 2) field test, 3) maintenance materials, 4) maintenance data and 5) correct work of Escalators, and submit it to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start works.

Page 12: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 194 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

DIVISION 11 - MECHANICAL

This Division specifies the requirements for the design, supply, installation and maintenance of MECHANICAL for existing stations. Contractor shall up-grade those specifications to the latest edition, and then this up-graded specifications shall be adopted for design, supply, installation and maintenance of MECHANICAL for proposed stations to advanced and compatible products with existing stations.

11.1 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAL AND METHODS

11.1.1 General

11.1.1.1 Description

a. This Section includes specifications for basic materials, installation and fabrication for mechanical work as necessary to support the MECHANICAL WORK which specify particular categories.

b. The Contractor’s Detailed Design Drawings shall show facilities diagrammatically and do not show offsets, fittings and accessories that may be required. Investigate carefully the structural and finish conditions affecting the work, and provide such fittings and accessories as required.

11.1.1.2 References Standards

a. American National Standards Institutes (ANSI):

ANSI A21.14 Ductile Iron Fittings, 3 – inch through 24-inch, for Gas ANSI B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) ANSI B16.3 Malleable iron Threaded Fittings ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ANSI B16.9 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt welding Fittings ANSI B16.11 Forges Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded ANSI B16.12 Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings ANSI B16.18 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ANSI B16.22 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure

Fittings ANSI B16.25 Butt welding Ends ANSI B16.29 Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint

Drainage Fittings ANSI B36.10 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe

b. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):

Section IX of Welding and Brazing Boiler and Qualifications Pressure Vessel Code

c. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A47 Specification for Malleable Iron Castings

ASTM AS3 Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless

ASTM A 74 Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings

ASTM A105 Specification for Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping Components

ASTM A135 Specification for Electric Resistance Welded Steel Pipe.

Page 13: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 195 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ASTM A139 Specification for Electric Fusion (ARC)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS in 4 in and Over)

ASTM A181 Specification for Forgings, Carbon Steel for General Purpose Piping

ASTM A183 Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts

ASTM A194 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure and High-Temperature Service

ASTM A197 Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron

ASTM A234 Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures

ASTM A307 Specification for Carbon, Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile

ASTM A395 Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperature

ASTM A582 Specification for Free-Machining Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars, Hot-Rolled or Cold Finished

ASTM A 795 Specification for Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use

ASTM B8 Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors Hard, Medium-Hard or Soft

ASTM B32 Specification for Solder-Metal

ASTM B88 Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube

ASTM B 124 Specification for Copper and Copper-Alloy Forging Rod, Bar and Shapes

ASTM B306 Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWW)

ASTM 0256 Test Methods for Impacts Resistance of Plastic and Electrical Insulting Materials

ASTM D570 Test Methods for Water Absorption of Plastics

ASTM D638 Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Plastics

ASTM D651 Test Methods for Tensile Strength of Molded Electrical Insulating Materials

ASTM D695

ASTM D1784 Specification for Rigid Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC Compounds)

ASTM D1785

ASTM D2466 Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80

ASTM D2564 Solvent Cements for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D2665 (Poly Vinyl) Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Fittings

Page 14: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 196 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

d. American Welding Society (AWS):

ANSI/AWS A5 Welding Rods, Electrodes, and Filler Metals Series

AWS D10.9 S Specification for Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing

e. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

AWWA C104 Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water

AWWA C105 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Piping for Water and other Liquids

AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in. Through 48 in., for Water and Other Liquids

AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 in. Through 12 in. for Water

f. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI):

CISPI301 Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drains, Waste and Vent Pipe Applications

g. Federal Specifications (FS):

FS GG-G-76 Gages, Pressure and Vacuum, Dial Indicating (for Air Steam,Oil, Water,Ammonia, Chlorofluoro hydrocarbon Gases, and Compressed Gasses)

FS WW-P-501 Pipe Fittings, Cast Iron, Screwed, 125 and 250 Pound

FS WW-U-531 Unions, Pipe, Steel or Malleable Iron: Threaded Connection, 150 lb. 250 Ib and 300 Ib WSP

FS WW-V-1967 Valve, Butterfly (Threaded Ends and Solder Ends), Brass or Bronze

h. Department of Defense, Military Specifications (MIL):

MIL-G-13210 Rubber Gasket

MIL-S-16293 Strainers, Sediment: Pipeline, Water, Air, Gas, Oil

MIL-V-13612 Valves, Relief, Pressure and Temperature

i. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS):

MSS SP-70 Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends

MSS SP-30 Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves

j. National Association ofCorr05ion Engineers (NACE):

NACE RP-02-74 High Voltage Electrical Inspection of Pipeline Coating Prior to Installation

k. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc. SMACNA):

Guide lines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing and Piping Systems

l. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):

Building Materials Directory

Page 15: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 197 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

m. Uniform Building Code (UBC):

11.1.1.3 Submittals

a. General

Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. List of Materials

Within 35 days after effective date of Notice to Proceed, submit a list of materials and equipment proposed for used together with applicable standards. Give name of manufacturer, brand name and catalog number of each item. Submit the list complete at one time, with items arranged and identified in numerical sequence by Specification Section and Paragraph number.

c. Compliance with Applicable Codes and Standards:

i. Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to the standards of organizations such as ANSI, ASH RAE, ASME, and ASTM, submit evidence of such conformance for review and record purposes.

ii. The label or listing of the specified agency will be acceptable evidence.

iii. Instead of the label or listing, the Contractor may submit a written certificate from an approved, nationally recognized testing organization, adequately equipped and competent to perform such services, stating that the items have been tested and that the units conform to the specified standard.

iv. Where equipment is specified to conform to the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VJII, conform the design, fabrication, and installation of the work to the code as required.

v. Welding methods and procedures shall comply with all requirements of AWS DJ 0.9, Level AR-3, for joining piping.

d. Factory Test and Inspection Certification:

i. Except as otherwise specified herein, where factory tests and inspections for materials and equipment for which tests and inspections specified in referenced documents are waived, provide certified copies of reports for tests performed en previously manufactured identical materials or equipment within the previous 12 months.

ii. Accompany test reports by signed statements from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material or equipment is physically, mechanically, and electrically identical to that proposed for the project. Include wiring and control diagrams.

e. Detailed Design Drawings and Shop Drawings

Show complete details of the following for installation of equipment, including equipment furnished by others:

i. Foundations for equipment mounting.

Page 16: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 198 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ii. Information for setting bolts in foundations.

iii. Mounting methods including isolation pads. Showing adjustment and alignment.

iv. Pipe anchors, supports, and guides.

v. Details of installation of temporary materials and equipment to be used in the work.

vi. Layout and complete details for piping and ductwork.

vii. Plan for performing the work, including the sequence of operations. Verify by field measurements and show the exact locations of existing utilities.

viii. Factory certified performance curves showing capacity and horsepower requirements.

ix. Wiring and control diagrams and logic diagrams when solid state controllers are provided.

f. Installer's Qualification

Certification of qualification of workers installing mechanical equipment, as required by Article 11.1.1.4.B

g. Operation and Maintenance Manuals

Submit operation and maintenance data for equipment provided.

11.1.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. General

Perform installation and testing of mechanical work in accordance with the Specifications and the instructions provided by equipment suppliers.

b. Installer's Qualifications

Installers shall be qualified in accordance with the following requirements:

i. Welders: Section IX of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

ii. Plumber and Pipe Fitters: Under the direct responsible supervision of a sanitary engineer or a master plumber licensed by the professional Regulation Commission.

c. Inspection, Certification, and Testing of Coatings:

i. Furnish a manufacturer's certificate of compliance for all coating materials. Include in the certificate the material identification, quantity, batch number, date of manufacture, and other laboratory data covering requirements of specifications under which the material is furnished.

ii. The preparation of surfaces and application of coatings and related materials will be subject to inspection by the Engineer.

iii. Surface preparation, cleanliness, application and adhesion shall conform to coating manufacturers' specifications.

iv. Inspection of the pipe coating will be conducted by a NACE qualified coatings inspector or personnel with equivalent training and/or experience. Conduct a visual inspection to locate holidays, disbandment, and improper application. Before installation, conduct a

Page 17: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 199 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

high voltage electrical inspection of the coating in accordance with NACE RP-02-74 or approved equivalent inspection.

11.1.1.5 Product Delivery, Handling and Storage

11.1.1.6 Job Conditions

11.1.2 Products

11.1.2.1 Standards Pipe and Fitting Classes

Service applications for the following classes of pipe and fittings are specified in other sections of these Specifications, or indicated. Where more than one class is indicated in the same run, either class may be used, but do not intermingle the classes.

a. Class A

i. Pipe and Fittings

Service weight, hub and spigot cast iron soil pipe and fittings; ASTM A74.

ii. Joints

Lead and Oakum or compression gasket.

b. Class B

1. Pipe and Fittings

Service weight, plain end Hubless cast iron soil pipe and fittings, CISPI301.

2. Joints

No-hub coupling consisting of neoprene gaskets with stainless steel clamps and bolts; CISPI301.

c. Class C

1. Pipe

ASTM AS3, galvanized, Schedule 40 threaded pipe.

2. Fittings

ANSI BI6.12, ASTM A74, cast iron recessed drainage type threaded fittings.

3. Joints

Threaded and coupled joints, ANSI B 1.20.1

d. Class E

1. Pipe

ASTM B88, Type K, hard copper tubing.

2. Fittings

ANSI B 16.18 cast bronze solder fittings, or ANSI B 16.22 wrought copper solder fittings and couplings.

3. Joints

Silver-brazed.

e. Class F

Page 18: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 200 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

1. Pipe

ASTM B88, Type L, hard copper tubing.

2. Fittings

ANSI B16.18 cast bronze solder fittings, or ANSI B16.22 wrought copper solder fittings and couplings.

3. Unions

I/2-inch to 2 inches; cast brass, 150 pound, ground joint, brass to brass seat, with solder ends.

4. Joints

Silver brazed.

d. Class H.

1. Pipe

Polyvinyl chloride ASTM D1784 (PVC). ASTM D1785. Schedule 80, Type I, Grade 1.

2. Fittings

ASTM D2467, Socket weld, same material and schedule as pipe.

3. Joints

Socket welded with PVC solvent cement, ASTM D2564.

e. Class J

1. Pipe

Pre-insulated piping used for buried insulated refrigeration piping. This shall consist of Type K copper tubing, surrounded by polyurethane foam insulation one inch thick, having a K factor of 0.13 Btu/in/hr./ft2/ºF, all surrounded by a jacket of ASTM D 1784 PVC of 110 mils thickness.

2. Fittings

Same as for Class E, with insulation and ASTM D 1784 PVC jacket to match pipe as specified above.

3. Joints

Silver-brazed.

f. Class K

1. 4 Inches and Larger:

a. Pipe

A WWA C900, class 200 polyvinyl chloride ASTM D1784, Type I Grade 1 (PVC) water pipe with bell and spigot ends and flexible ring joints.

b. Fittings

ASTM D1784, Type I, Grade I, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) fittings, A WWA C900 Class 200, ASTM D2122 DRI4.

c. Joints

Page 19: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 201 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ASTM D3139 gaskets bell joints with ASTM F477 gaskets.

g. Class R

1. Pipe 2 inches and smaller

ASTM A53, Type S, Grade B or ASTM A135 seamless, Schedule 40, galvanized, threaded. Black steel for gas and oil piping.

2. Pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger

ASTM A 135 or A139, Grade A or B, black steel, beveled ends for welding.

3. Fittings 2 inches and smaller

ANSI B16.3, 300 pound banded, galvanized, malleable Iron, threaded. Black, malleable iron for gas and oil fittings.

4. Fittings 2-1/2 inches and larger

ANSI B16.3 and ASTM A234, extra heavy butt-welding fittings.

5. Joints 2 inches and smaller Galvanized, threaded and coupled.

6. Joints 2-1/2 inches and larger; Butt weld.

7. Unions two inches and smaller

ANSI B16.3, 300 pound banded malleable iron, AAR pattern galvanized, and threaded with brass or bronze seats.

8. Union 2-1/2 inches and larger: Flanged.

9. Flanges

ANSI B16.5 and ASTM A181, Grade I, forged steel, raised or insert face, 150 pound class, slip-on or weld neck to suit field conditions with MIL-G-1321 0, rubber, 1/16-inch thick gasket.

h. Class S

i. Pipe

a. 2-1/2 inches and smaller

ASTM A53 Type S, Grade B, ASTM A135 or ASTM A 795, Schedule 40 electric resistance or welded hot dipped galvanized steel pipe.

b. 3 inch and 4 inch

ASTM A135 or ASTM A795, ANSI B36.19, Schedule 10 electric resistance welded hot dipped galvanized steel pipe.

c. 6 inch and larger

ASTMA135 or ASTM A 795, ANSI B36.19 Schedule 105 (minimum wall thickness: 0.134 inch for 6 inch pipe, 0.188 inch for 8 and 10 inch pipe, 0.250 inch for 12 inch and larger) electric resistance welded hot dipped galvanized steel pipe.

d. Pipe to be used for bending shall be ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade A, Schedule 40 seamless or electric resistance welded hot dipped galvanized steel pipe. The minimum radius of bends shall be six pipe diameters. The pipe shall he coated with a zinc rich painting system having a 3 mil DFT as

Page 20: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 202 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

specified in Section 09900, Painting.

ii. Fittings

a. ANSI B 16.3, 300 pound banded galvanized malleable iron, ASTM A47 threaded fittings.

b. ANSI BI6.5, galvanized forged steel ASTM A181, Grade I screwed companion flanges, 150 pound drilling, ANSI 21.1, A WWA C110, Cast Ductile Iron fittings with ANSI B16.1, 125 pound flanges.

c. ASTM A47, Grade 32510 or A197 galvanized malleable iron grooved end, rated for 450 psig working pressure.

iii. Joints

a. 2 inches and smaller: Threaded.

b. Larger than 2 inches

Flanged, or grooved (roll formed on Schedule 10/105, cut on Schedule 40).

iv. Unions

a. 2 inches and smaller

ANSI B16.3, 300 pound banded malleable iron, AAR pattern, threaded with brass or bronze seats.

b. Larger than 2 inches

Flanged or grooved (end) couplings.

v. Flanges

Flange gaskets shall be MIL-G-13120, rubber, 1/16-inch thick.

vi. Grooved Couplings

ASTM A536 galvanized ductile iron, ASTM A47, Grade 32510, or ASTM A 197 galvanized malleable iron rated for 450 psig working pressure. ASTM A183 or ASTM A 197 track type bolts for couplings. Sealing gaskets shall have internal sealing lips projecting diagonally inward so that internal pressure serves to increase tightness of the seal when installed. Gaskets shall be Victaulic, Grade E, Type EPDM, Gustin Bacon, Type II butyl or approved equal. Pipe grooves shall be cut in accordance with coupling manufacturer's specifications. The term "cut" is defined as requiring shaving of metal to form a groove. Rolled grooves are unacceptable. Groove end couplings, gaskets and fittings shall be from the same manufacturer.

11.1.2.2 Hydraulic Piping for Elevators

a. Provide hydraulic line between Elevator Machine Room and Hoistway Pits, as indicated. If embedded, wrap lines as indicated.

i. Pipe

ASTM A53, Schedule 80 black steel. Pipe shall exhibit a 30 degree bevel angle at the welded ends.

ii. Fittings 2 inches and smaller

ASTM A105, Grade II, and ANSI B16.11, 200 pound forged steel

Page 21: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 203 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

socket weld fittings.

iii. Fittings 2-1/2 inches and larger

ASTM A234, and ANSI B16.9, standard weight, butt welding fittings.

iv. Joints 2 inches and smaller:

Threaded and coupled.

v. Joints 2-1/2 inches and larger: Butt welded.

vi. Union 2 inches and smaller

ASTM A105, ANSI 16.11 -200 pound socket weld with ground joints.

vii. Union 2-112 inches and larger: Flanged.

viii. Flanges

ANSI B16.5 and ASTM A181 Grade I, forged raised or insert face, 150 pound class, slip on or weld neck to suit work site conditions.

b. Provide 1/2-inch diameter hydraulic scavenger (oil return) line between Elevator Machine Rooms and Hoistway Pits, where indicated.

i. Pipe

ASTM AS3, Schedule 40, black steel, screwed.

ii. Fittings

Threaded, black 2000 pound ASTM A105, Grade II, MSS-SP 49 forged steel.

11.1.2.3 Branch Outlets

a. Refrigeration Piping

Wrought copper tees, Schedule 80, soldered.

b. Welded Pipe

Tees or welding outlets, with branch size at least one size smaller than the main.

c. Copper Tubing

Formed brazing outlets, with branch size at least two sizes smaller than the main or cast bronze tees.

d. Threaded, socket weld steel piping and PVC piping use tees as specified under Article 2.01.

11.1.2.4 Pipe Joint Material

a. Silver Brazing Alloy

AWS requirements, Class Be UP-5 for 1100 degrees F to 1500 degrees F melting temperature.

b. Solder

ASTM B32, Grade 95 TA, up to 250 degrees F.

c. Arc-Welding Electrodes

AWS A5.1 through AWS A5.29.

d. Welding Rods for Oxyacetylene Welding: AWS A5.2.

Page 22: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 204 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.1.2.5 Gaskets

a. Soil, Waste, Vent and Drain

Neoprene rubber as required for type of pipes used, cellular elastomeric preformed gasket and sealing material.

11.1.2.6 Insulating Connections

a. Insulating joints shall consist of a 6 inch length of aluminum alloy pipe or approved equivalent with high strength dielectric coating and dielectric unions or flanges at both ends. Union shall be of two dissimilar metal parts; one end of same pipe material and mating end of aluminum with dielectric gasket. Dielectric insulating flanges shall be constructed so that two pipes being connected are completely insulated from each other with no metal-ta-metal contact. The flanges shall be galvanized and have threaded connections and shall be made up with complete insulating components consisting of a dielectric gasket, bolt, bolt insulator sleeves and bolt washers.

11.1.2.7 Expansion Joints

a. Pressure Rating

150 psi minimum at 250 degrees F.

b. Type

Flange, stainless steel, consisting of a corrugated bellows, capable of absorbing pipe movement in an axial or lateral direction. Provide with support rods to keep flange faces parallel during installation.

c. Pipe-Alignment Guides

As recommended by the joint manufacturer but in any case not more than five feet on each side of each expansion joint, except in lines 4 inches or smaller they may be not over 2 feet each side of the joint.

d. Traverse Capacity of Joint

Not less than indicated.

11.1.2.8 Y Type Strainers

Provide strainers full line size of connecting piping, 175 psi WOG pressure rating with stainless steel 60 mesh screen.

a. 2 inches and smaller

Brass or bronze body, threaded connections, screwed screen retainer with centered blow down fitting with gate valve the same size as blow off tapping.

b. 2-112 inches and larger

Cast iron body, flanged connections, bolted screen retainer with off-center Blow down fitting with gate valve the same size as blow off tapping.

11.1.2.9 Gages and Test Plugs

a. FS GG-G-76, sizes as indicated having 3 inch minimum diameter dial and 1/4 inch minimum inlet.

b. Calibration

Calibrated to two percent in middle 1/3 of dial range and equipped with mean of front calibration.

Page 23: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 205 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

c. Movements

Phosphor bronze bushed, rotary type.

d. Panel Mounted

Flush mounting type in cast iron or aluminum cases.

e. Stem or Pipe Mounted Flangeless cases of drawn or stamped steel, or aluminum.

f. Captive spring loaded ball check in stainless steel housing with male thread for installation in threaded tee provided at locations indicated. At each site a 1/4-inch female NPT adapter for the test gage shall be provided.

g. Operating range of gages shall be approximately 150 percent of indicated operating service pressure or 200 psig, whichever is greater. Draft gages for HVAC air filter banks shall be differential type calibrated 0.10 to 1 inch of water column.

11.1.2.10 Hermometers

a. Red reading mercury column type with wide angle of visibility and high magnification of mercury column, of heavy, one-piece, extruded or cast brass or aluminum construction with glass front. Thermometer scales: maximum two degrees between graduations and 20 degrees between figures. Provide steel bulb chambers and brass separable sockets.

b. Scale Lengths

7 inches minimum for tanks and similar equipment, and 5 inches minimum for piping.

c. Optional

Dial thermometer with 5 inch dials and liquid-filled thermal systems.

11.1.2.11 Access Panels

Prefabricated wall and ceiling panels for service access to equipment.

a. Size

Large enough to permit removal of equipment, not less than 12 by 12 inches net opening. Where entrance of serviceman is required, provide minimum opening of 22 by 22 inches.

11.1.2.12 Pipe Sleeves

a. Pipe sleeves and seals shall comply with Section 11.2, Pipe Sleeves, Supports and Anchors.

11.1.2.13 Casing

a. Casing

Minimum black steel pipe ASTM A53, schedule 40 with polyethylene encasement in accordance with AWWA C105.

b. Casing Insulators

High density, injection molded polyethylene casing insulator having the following properties:

Compressive strength (ASTM 0695) -3200 psi

Tensile strength (ASTM 0638, 0651) -3100-5500 psi

Page 24: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 206 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Water absorption (ASTM 0570) -0.1 percent

Impact strength (ASTM 0256) -1.5-4 ft-Ib/in. of notch

c. Casing End Seals

i. Provide modular type mechanical casing seals consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to fill the annular space between the pipe and casing and nonconductive pressure plates, or external pull-on type synthetic rubber casing seals that are banded to the casing and carrier pipe. Seals shall be sized in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements for the particular size of carrier pipe and casing involved to obtain a watertight seal and withstand indicated test pressure for casing.

ii. Modular type mechanical seals for metallic carrier pipe inside a metallic casing shall be an insulating type designed to provide electrical isolation between the carrier pipe and casing.

11.1.2.14 Valves

a. Gate Valves

i. 2 inch and smaller

150 pound bronze, rising stem, wedge disc, union bonnet, threaded connection MSS SP-80.

ii. 2-1/2 inch and larger

125 pound, iron body, rising stem, wedge disc, OS&Y, flanged connection; MSS SP-70.

b. Swing Check Valve

i. 2 inch and smaller

150 pound, bronze threaded connection, with removable stainless steel hinge pin and screwed cap, suitable for operation in either horizontal or vertical position.

ii. 2-1/2 inch and larger

125 pound, flanged connection with removable stainless steel hinge pin and bolted cap.

iii. Fire Protection Use

Spring loaded swing check valve with grooved ends, cast iron body, stainless steel seat, hinge pin, spring and clapper, and elastomer seal suitable for horizontal or vertical installation and 250 psig working pressure.

c. Butterfly Valves

Epoxy coated body of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A395, equipped with ASTM A582, Type 420 stainless steel stem, EPDM encapsulated ASTM B124 brass disc and EPDM "0" ring stem seals. The valve shall be assembled complete with a valve supervisory switch and a stem extension assembly. The stem extension shall have a hand crank and are reflectorized disc indicating valve disc position.

d. Angle Hose Valves

Cast brass conforming to ASTM 62 rated for 300 psig non-shock service.

Page 25: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 207 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Valves shall have fire department hose thread on discharge side, female NPT inlet and be equipped with union bonnet, replaceable composition disc and bronze stem. Hose valves shall be furnished with cast bronze cap with chain attached to cap and valve, except 1-1/2 inch angle hose valves installed in fire hose cabinets shall be connected to fire hose.

e. Air Release Valves

Cast iron body with stainless steel and bronze trim, combination air release and vacuum breaker type suitable for 300 psig working pressure.

f. Valve Supervisory Switch shall be provided where indicated in the plans. Switches shall be mounted so as not to interfere with the normal operation of the valve and shall be adjusted to operate within two revolutions of the valve control or when the stem has moved no more than one-fifth of the distance from its normal position. The mechanism shall be contained in a weatherproof die cast metal housing, which shall provide a 1/2 inch conduit entrance and incorporate the necessary facilities for attachment to the valve. The switch mechanism shall have a minimum rated capacity of 10 amp, 125/250 volt AC 2.5 amp, 24 volt DC. The entire installed assembly shall be tamper-resistant.

11.1.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare Technical Specifications for activities listed below of BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAL AND METHODS, and submit it to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start works.

11.1.3.1 General

a. Protection of the Work

b. Locations of Fixtures and Equipment

11.1.3.2 Installation of Piping

11.1.3.3 Installation of Pipe Joints and Connections

a. General

b. Copper Tubing Systems

c. Steel Pipe and Welding Fittings

d. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe

e. Steel Pipe and Grooved Coupling

11.1.3.4 Valves and Valve Boxes

11.1.3.5 Unions, Flanges and Gaskets

11.1.3.6 Painting

11.1.3.7 Flexible Pipe Connections

11.1.3.8 Gages

11.1.3.9 Access Panels

11.1.3.10 Pipe and Valve Identification

11.1.3.11 Installation of Equipment and Owner Furnished Equipment

11.1.3.12 Seismic Restraints

11.1.3.13 Testing of Hydraulic Piping for Elevators

Page 26: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 208 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.2 PIPE SLEEVES, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS

11.2.1 General

11.2.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing and installing pipe sleeves, pipe supports, pipe hangers and anchorage devices for piping systems to be designed by Contractor.

11.2.1.2 References Standards

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI B31.1 Power Piping ANSI B31.9 Building Services Piping Code ANSI B36.10 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe

b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

ASTM A36 Specification for Structural Steel. ASTM A53 Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless ASTM A74 Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe ASTM A153 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and

Steel Hardware ASTM A307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000

psi Tensile ASTM A449 Specification for Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts

and Studs ASTM A563 Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts

c. American Welding Society (AWS)

AWS D.1 Structural Welding Code Steel

d. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC)

e. Federal Specifications (FS)

FS FF-S-325 Shield, Expansion; Nail, Expansion: and Nail Drive Screw (Devices, Anchoring, Masonry)

FS WW-11-171 Hangers and Supports, Pipe

f. Manufacturer’s Standardization Society (MSS)

MSS SP-58 Pipe Hangers and Supports Materials, Design and Manufacture

g. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems

h. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.

(SMACNA):

SMACNA Guidelines for Seismic Restrains of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing and Piping Systems

I. Underwriter’s Laboratories Inc. (UL):

UL 1479 Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops

Page 27: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 209 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.2.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit detailed design drawings/shop drawings showing exact locations of pipe sleeves, pipe supports and anchorage devices.

c. Submit shop drawings and manufacturer’s product data of pipe sleeves, pipe supports, and anchorage devices. Show detailed dimensions and description of materials and parts on drawings or cuts.

d. Submit certificates of compliance for all materials proposed for use.

11.2.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. General

i. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1.

a. Certify each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification.

ii. NFPA Compliance

Hangers and supports shall comply with NFPA 13 including Appendices when used as a component of a fire protection system.

b. Criteria for Selection of Pipe Sleeves

i. Sleeves Through Interior Walls, Floor and Ceilings

Provide galvanized steel pipe sleeves with welded steel plate anchors.

ii. Sleeves Through Exterior Below Grade Walls, Floors, and Ceilings.

Provide cast iron sleeves with caulking and sealing compound

iii. Sleeves Through Exterior Above-Grade Roofs

Provide one of the following:

a. Lead flashing sleeve or copper sleeve with skirt

b. Cast iron sleeve with flashing clamp device, pressure ring, and accessories.

c. Criteria for Pipe Supports, Hangers, and Anchors:

i. Provide pipe hangers and supports suitable for the indicated usage in accordance with FS WW-H-171.

ii. Provide pipe hangers of same size, or nearest manufactured size available, as pipe or tubing on which they are to be used except for insulated piping as specified below.

iii. Hangers and supports shall support weight of pipe, fluid and pipe insulation, with a minimum factor of safety of five based on ultimate tensile strength of material used.

iv. Provide anchor and support piping as indicated and as specified, including seismic restraint.

d. Criteria for Location of Pipe Supports and Hangers:

Page 28: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 210 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

i. Vertical spacing

Guide and support vertical piping in the center of each riser, but not over 15 feet on centers, unless otherwise indicated, and at the base of the riser on a base elbow or tee with pipe stand or as indicated. Provide riser clamp in accordance with FS WW-H-171, type eight (note spacing at each landing in stairwells). For uninsulated copper pipe or tubing, use nonferrous or electrolytically coated steel compatible hangers for the riser clamp.

ii. Horizontal spacing

a. Provide maximum hanger and support spacing on centers, for horizontal piping as follows, unless indicated otherwise:

Type of

Pipe

3/4” Size

or Smaller

1” Thru

1-1/4” Size

1-1/2” Size

or Larger

Steel Pipe

Copper Tubing

8’0”

5’0”

10’0”

8’0”

10’0”

10’0”

Cast Iron Pipe in 5’0” Lengths

5’0”

Cast Iron Pipe in 10’0”Lengths

10’0”

b. Place a hanger close to point of change of direction of a pipe in either a horizontal or vertical plane.

iii. Place supports and hangers for cast iron soil pipe as close as possible to joints and, when hangers or supports do not come within one foot of a branch line fitting, Install an additional hanger or support at fitting.

iv. Supports for fire protection piping shall comply with applicable NFPA requirements.

e. Allowable Deviation from Accepted Location

Locate pipe sleeves and pipe supports and anchorage devices not more than 1/2 inch from locations indicated on reviewed and accepted shop drawings.

11.2.1.5 Site Conditions

11.2.2 Products

11.2.2.1 Pipe Sleeves

a. Sleeves through Interior Walls, Floors and Ceilings:

i. Sleeves

Pipe shall be standard weight conforming to ASTM A53 or ANSI B36.10. Steel plate anchor conforming to ASTM A36 shall be welded to pipe as indicated. The assembly shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.

ii. Fire-Rated Packing

Where pipes pass through fire-rated walls, floors, or ceilings, provide UL Listed through-penetration fire-stop material meeting UL 1479 to

Page 29: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 211 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

seal the opening between the pipe and pipe sleeve and maintain the fire rating.

iii. Escutcheons

Solid plate stainless steel with satin finish.

b. Sleeves through Exterior Below-Grade Walls, Floors and Ceilings:

Cast iron ASTM A74. Caulking and sealing compound to be dutiable for firm adhesion to metal and concrete and provide permanent size against water leakage.

c. Sleeves through Exterior Above-Grade Roofs:

Provide one of the following:

i. Lead flashing sleeve weighing four pounds per square foot, or copper sleeve weighing 16 ounces per square foot, suitably framed with skirt extending not less than 8 inches.

ii. Cast iron sleeve with caulking recess, anchor lugs, flashing clamp device and pressure ring with brass bolts.

11.2.2.2 Pipe Hangers, Supports and Anchors

a. Provide pipe hangers, pipe supports, and pipe anchors as indicated, hot-dip galvanized unless otherwise indicated.

b. Hangers and support components shall be factory fabricated materials designed and fabricated in accordance with MSS SP-58.

i. Components shall have galvanized coatings where installed for piping and equipment that will not have a field applied finish.

ii. Pipe attachments shall have non-metallic coating for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

c. Anchors for Pipe Hangers and Supports shall be either:

i. Galvanized metal inserts cast into concrete at time of placing.

ii. Anchor bolts for floor mounted equipment may be of a type to be placed in drilled holes and set in places with high strength cement grout.

iii. Wedge type, stainless steel, expansion bolts, FS FF-S-325, Group II, Type 4 Class I, anchor bolts set in drilled holes in accordance with manufacturer’s instruction.

11.2.2.3 Anchors and Anchorages

a. Anchors and Bolts

Bolts and Studs, nuts, and washers shall conform with ASTM A307, A449 and A563, as applicable.

Bolts and studs, nuts, and washers shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153, except bolts, nuts and washers for stainless steel items shall be stainless steel.

b. Fasteners and Accessories

Provide anchors and fasteners, washers, straps, and accessories required for a complete and finished installation. Fasteners shall be stainless steel galvanized steel, or cadmium plated or other approved non-corrodible metal.

Page 30: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 212 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

c. Expansion Bolts

Where anchors are not included in the concrete or masonry construction, anchors shall be galvanized screws or bolts with standard expansion shield type concrete or masonry anchors, of sizes and types indicated or required. Drilled expansion-type anchors require approval of the Engineer before they may be used in the Work.

11.2.2.4 Seismic Requirements

a. Seismic restraints, anchorage and reinforcements shall be provided for equipment and piping in accordance for equipment and piping in accordance with Uniform Building Code, NFPA 13 Appendix A.14 and local codes, standards and regulations. Equipment and piping shall be anchored to withstand forces generated by earthquake movement. As a minimum, pipe and equipment supports and anchors shall be designed to withstand a force of 100 percent of the weight of the equipment or pipe, full of water, plus weight of valves and fittings attached with the force acting at the pipe center or equipment center of gravity.

11.2.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare Technical Specifications for activities listed below of PIPE SLEEVES, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS, and submit it to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start works.

11.2.3.1 General

11.2.3.2 Installation of Pipe Sleeves

a. General Requirements:

b. Sleeves through Interior Walls, Floors and Ceilings:

c. Sleeves, through Exterior below Grade Walls, Floors and Ceilings:

d. Sleeves through Exterior Above-Grade Roofs:

11.2.3.3 Installation of Pipe Hangers and Support

a. General

b. Supports for Insulated Piping:

11.2.3.4 Installation of Anchors

Page 31: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 213 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.3 SUMP PUMPS

11.3.1 General

11.3.1.1 Description

This section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, and testing sump pumps as required. The pumps shall be located as required for use as sewage ejectors or waste water removal.

11.3.1.2 References Standards

a. Uniform Plumbing Code

b. NEMA

11.3.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit manufacturer’s product data for the equipment, defining size and arrangement, and for related materials and appurtenances. Include manufacturer’s certified performance and efficiency curve data of sump pumps.

c. Submit detailed design drawings/shop drawings, and details, installation instructions, wiring diagrams, assembly and other items required for a coordinated installation.

d. Submit maintenance and operating date. Include detailed parts lists, lists of recommended spare parts, lubrication and maintenance procedures, troubleshooting procedures, and operating instructions.

11.3.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. Pump manufacturer shall be a firm who has been regularly engaged in the manufacture of sump pumps of similar type and size, and has a history of at least five successful similar installations in operation for at least three years, without excessive repair or maintenance.

b. Pumps shall not overload at any point on the performance curve and indicated capacity shall be at midpoint of performance curve and at maximum efficiency region of the efficiency curves.

11.3.1.5 Site Conditions

11.3.2 Products

11.3.2.1 Sump Pumps

a. Pump Type and Design

1. Provide non-clogging, automatic, electric-motor driven, submersible, centrifugal, simplex type pump.

2. Each pump shall have a pumping capacity of not less than 25 gallons per minute against a total head of 15 feet, when the suction head is one foot and when pumping water at 75 degrees F with a specific gravity of 1.0 and fitted with a molded inlet screen to prevent entry of oversized solids.

3. Pumps shall be capable of handling waste water continuously, 24 hours per day, with regularly scheduled maintenance.

Page 32: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 214 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

4. Volatile casing and motor enclosure shall be heavy cast iron construction.

b. Impeller

1. Impeller shall be a cast iron semi-open, non-clog design, in a natural hydraulic balance and capable of passing solids, fibrous material, and heavy sludge that come through the inlet screen.

2. Fasten and lock impeller to the shaft so that material movement is precluded and reverse rotation cannot cause loosening.

c. Bearings

Pump shall be designed so that axial and radial loads are transferred to the motor bearings.

11.3.2.2 Motor

a. Motor shall be oil filled type with overload protection.

b. Mechanical seal shall be provided for complete internal motor protection.

c. Provide & fir motor cable with locking plug and mercury switch level control. Motor shall be rated at 230 volts, single phase, 60 Hz and 1750 rpm.

d. Provide matching locking plug connector of standard NEMA polarized configuration. Provide 12 connectors.

11.3.2.3 Discharge Pipe and Hose

a. Provide 1 foot long galvanized steel discharge pipe, 15 feet of flexible PVC hose with screw-on end fitting and stainless steel hose clamp, for each pump.

11.3.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare Technical Specifications for the 1) installation and 2) adjusting & cleaning of SUMP PUMPS, and submit it to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start works.

Page 33: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 215 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.4 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION

11.4.1 General

11.4.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing and installing identification for ventilating and air conditioning system, plumbing and fire protection equipment, piping, controls and valves.

11.4.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI A13.1 Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems.

11.4.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specification, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit manufacturer’s product data of pipe markers, valve markers,

Equipment nameplates, and control nameplates.

c. Schedules

Submit value schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on A4 paper for mounting. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses with “flags” in the margin of the schedule. In addition to mounted copies, furnish extra copies as required for maintenance manuals as specified.

d. Samples

Submit samples of each color, lettering style and other graphic representation required for each identification material or system.

11.4.2 Products

11.4.2.1 Materials

Contractor shall submit markers listed below in conformance with ANSI A13.1 for Engineer’s review and approval.

a. Pipe Markers

b. Valve Markers c. Control Valves. d. Wet standpipe System e. Equipment Nameplates f. Control Nameplates g. Valve List Frame h. Valve List i. Valve List Closure

11.4.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare Technical Specifications for installation of MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION, and submit it to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start works

Page 34: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 216 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.5 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT DEVICES

11.5.1 General

11.5.1.1 Description

This Section includes specification for furnishing and installing vibration isolation and seismic restraint devices for plumbing piping and equipment, and for ventilating and air conditioning (VAC) piping, ducts, and equipment to be designed by Contractor.

11.5.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE):

ASHRAE Handbook System and Application Volume

b. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA):

Guidelines for Seismic restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing and Piping Systems

11.5.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4. Submittals, and Sections 1.6, Calculation, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittals requirements and procedures.

b. Submit manufacturer’s product data and certificates of compliance for each type of vibration control product provided.

c. Submit detailed design drawings/shop drawings showing isolator types and sizes, locations with static and dynamic loads on each locations, and installation details.

d. Maintenance Data.

Submit maintenance data for each type of vibration control product and include in maintenance manual specified.

11.5.1.4 Manufacturers Responsibilities

a. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations.

b. Provide piping, ductworks and equipment isolations systems and seismic restraint as indicated.

c. Guarantee specified isolation system deflection.

d. Provide installation instructions and drawings.

e. Provide approved resilient restraining devices as required to limit equipment and piping motion in excess of ¼ inch.

11.5.1.5 Quality Assurance

a. Except as otherwise indicated, obtain vibration control products from a single manufacturer.

b. Have manufacturer provide technical supervisor during installation of vibration control equipment.

11.5.2 Products

a. Provide vibration isolation devices for limiting transmittances of vibration from vibration – producing equipment to the structure on which it is supported or to

Page 35: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 217 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

which it is attached. Isolate piping and ductwork from rotating equipment with flexible connections.

b. Provide the types of vibration isolation devices as recommended by the respective mechanical equipment manufacturers, to isolate vibrations for each particular piece of equipment.

c. Provide vibration isolation devices consisting of standard rubber pads or ½ inch thick neoprene rubber pads between the mounting feet or bracket and the support surface for the following items:

i. Fans and Air Handling Units ii. Condensing Units iii. Pumps iv. Air Compressors v. Emergency Generators vi. Elevator motors, motor generators, DC power converters, and

Hydraulic Power Units. vii. Electrical Equipment containing reactors or choppers.

d. Provide spring isolators for supports of fans, pumps and other vibrating equipment placed in a room which is located directly above an occupied area. The static deflection for such spring isolators shall be a minimum at one inch. Provide rubber pads ½ inch thick between the spring foot and the support surface. Spring isolators shall be the seismic restraining type.

e. Isolator types, base types, and minimum static deflection shall be in accordance with ASHRAE System Handbook, chapter 52, Table 27, Vibration Isolator Selection Guide, unless otherwise noted.

11.5.2.1 Supports

a. Concrete Bases

Where concrete bases are indicated for use with isolation units to support equipment, provide rectangular structural beam channel or complete sheet metal box forms for floating foundations or regulator reinforced concrete base for fixed foundations. Provide reinforcing both horizontally and longitudinally but welded to the base framing.

b. Equipment Frame

i. Provide mounting frames and/or brackets for fans, pumps, and compressors to carry the load of the equipment without causing mechanical distortion or stress to the equipment.

ii. For wide flange structural steel frames with brackets, the maximum allowable deflection of any point on the loaded frame relative to the unloaded frame is 0.005 inch. A wide flange section with a depth greater than 1/10 of the length of the longest frame member is acceptable for satisfying deflection requirements.

iii. For channel structural steel frames with four-point support, the section depth requirement is the same as in above Paragraph 2-2, B.2.

c. Plumbing and Vac Piping Isolators

1. Type 1

Closed spring hanger with one inch thick acoustic isolator.

2. Type 2

Page 36: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 218 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Elastomer mount with threaded insert and hold down holes.

3. Type 3

Trisolators – Steel metal sleeve with felt insert to be installed at attachment point of hangers or piping.

11.5.2.2 Seismic Restraints

a. General Properties

i. Restraints shall permit adjustment during installation to ensure sufficient clearance between vibration isolated element and rigid restraining device.

ii. A restraints shall not be installed until vibration isolators have been loaded and adjusted to achieve the specified static deflection and clearance.

iii. Restraints at base supported equipment shall include resilient neoprene pads at all potential contact areas between isolated equipment and rigid restraining element.

iv. Restraining devices at all base supported vibration isolated equipment may be separate components, sized and installed to meet the requirements specified above or may be built into vibration isolation mounts.

v. Piping to vibration isolated equipment shall have steel rods, ¼ inch minimum diameter together with neoprene snubbers arranged to achieve the required all – directional restraints and sized to resist the seismic forces as specified above. Shop drawings shall indicate proposed method for achieving vertical restraint for ceiling suspended piping. Rods shall have sufficient slack to avoid Short - circuiting the vibration isolators.

11.5.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare Technical Specifications for bellow listed activities of VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT DEVICES, and submit it to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start works

11.5.3.1 Inspection

11.5.3.2 Performances of Isolators

11.5.3.3 Applications

11.5.3.4 Installation

11.5.3.5 Adjusting and Cleaning

11.5.3.6 Start – up

Page 37: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 219 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.6 MECHANICAL INSULATION

11.6.1 General

11.6.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing and installing insulation for the air conditioning system.

11.6.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM B209 Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate

ASTM C195 Specification for Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement

ASTM C533 Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation

ASTM C553 Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket and Felt Insulation

ASTM C612 Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation

ASTM D828 Test Method for Tensile Breaking Strength of Paper and Paperboard

ASTM E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

b. Federal Specifications (FS):

FS L-P-535 Plastic Sheet (Sheeting)

Plastic Strip: Polyvinyl chloride and Poly Vinyl Chloride-Vinyl Acetate, Rigid

FS HH-B-100 Barrier Material Vapor (for Pipe, Duct and Equipment Thermal Insulation)

FS HH-I-545 Insulation, Thermal ad Acoustical (Mineral Fiber, Duct Lining Material)

FS SS-C-540 Coal Tar (Cutback) Roof Coating, Brushing Consistency

FS WW-H-171 Hanger and Supports, Pipe

c. Department of Defense, Military Specifications (MIL):

MIL-A-3316 Adhesive, Fire-Resistant, Thermal Insulation

MIL-C-18480 Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent, Coal Tar Base

MIL-C-20079 Cloth, Glass, Tape, Textile Glass, and Thread Glass

MIL-C-19565 Coating Compounds, Thermal Insulation, Fire and Water Resistant, Vapor Barrier

MIL-I-47049 Insulation Tubing, Silicone Rubber, Heat Shrinkable

Page 38: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 220 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

d. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 255 Test Methods Surface Burning – Building Materials

e. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):

UL 723 Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

Directory Fire Resistance Directory

f. Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC)

11.6.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit manufacturer’s product data showing and describing the specified products.

c. Submit certificates of compliance with specified requirements for products.

11.6.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. Products, their shipping cartons or catalog cuts shall bear a label indicating that the fire and smoke hazard ratings are as specified.

b. Provide Fire Resistance Values as follows:

i. All components of insulation for piping, ductwork, and equipment, except unicellular insulation, canvas and flexible tubing, including coverings, mastics, and adhesives, shall have fire hazard classification with flame spread fuel contributed smoke developed rating of 25/50/50 in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255, and UL 723.

ii. Provide materials listed in UL Building Material List under heading Hazard Classification (Fire), or tested by accepted testing laboratory in accordance with UL criteria.

iii. Test materials that are factory applied as assembled. Test materials that are field applied individually.

iv. Do not employ fungicide or corrosive treatment to impart flame resistance. Flame-proofing treatments subject to deterioration due to effect of moisture or high humidity are not acceptable.

11.6.1.5 Site Conditions

11.6.2 Products

11.6.2.1 Piping Insulations

a. Provide piping insulation in accordance with Table 1, Insulate fittings, flanges, and valves (except valve stems, hand-wheels, and operators) with pre-molded, either precut or job fabricated, insulation of equivalent thickness and of same composition as insulation installed on adjacent piping.

b. Restrict use of unicellular insulation to run-outs serving individual terminal units not to exceed 12 feet in length, piping on packaged equipment, and piping exterior to a station.

c. Provide gauge 26 aluminum vapor barrier jackets on pipe insulation.

Page 39: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 221 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

TABLE 1 – INSULATION MATERIAL FOR PIPING

Service

Materials All

Services

Specification Type Grade/

Class

Thickness

mm

Electric Water Cooler Drain

Mineral Fiber

FS HH-I-558 DIII 12 25

Air Conditioner Interior Condensate Drain Piping

Mineral Fiber

FS HH-I-588 DIII 12 25

Refrigerant Suction

Uni- Cellular Tubular Line

MIL-47049 50

Diesel Engine Exhaust

Calcium Silicate

ASTM C533 100

11.6.2.2 Duct Insulation

a. Provide fibrous glass air-conditioning duct insulation conforming to ASTM C533, Type I, Class B-4, of 1.5 pounds per cubic foot density. Insulation for air-conditioning ducts shall be provided with 0.002-inch foil scrim facing.

b. Duct insulation shall meet all requirements of UMC, Table 10-D. Apply insulation in accordance with the following:

TABLE 2 - INSULATION MATERIAL FOR DUCTWORK

Ductwork Material Type Specification Class Thickness

mm

Conditioned Air Supply

Glass Fiber

Flexible ASTM C553 Commercial 25

11.6.2.3 Equipment Insulation

a. Provide rigid fiber glass insulation 50mm thick, conforming to ASTM C612, Class 1, of 10 pounds per cubic foot density.

b. The following equipment shall be insulated:

i. Drip pan under A/C equipment.

11.6.2.4 Acoustical Duct Liner

a. Provide acoustical duct liner, where indicated, consisting of a fiberglass board conforming to the requirements of Federal Specification HH-I-545, Type I. Provide supply air duct with two inch thick liner and, return air ducts with 1 inch thick liner.

b. Coat fiberglass board with a fire-resistant coating to prevent erosion in the air stream. Provide liner having a minimum density of three pounds per cubic foot and a maximum “K” value of 0.24 at 75 degrees F. Hermetically seal line

Page 40: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 222 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

on discharge and intake sides of air handlers in a two-mil-thick polyvinyl chloride plastic wrap.

11.6.2.5 Insulation Finishes

a. Provide factory applied aluminum vapor barrier jackets for piping, ducts, and equipment insulation conforming to FS HH-B-100.

b. Provide aluminum jacket, 0.016 inch thick on all exposed piping and duct insulation.

11.6.2.6 Adhesive Coating and Sealing Compounds

Provide adhesive coatings and sealing compounds which are compatible with materials to which they are applied, and which will not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack such material in either wet or dry state.

11.6.2.7 Insulation Inserts

Provide insulation inserts at pipe hanger supports for pipe 2 inches and larger of either calcium silicate, cellular glass, prestressed molded glass fiber of minimum 13-pound density, or other accepted material of the same thickness as adjacent insulation and not less than 13 pound density.

11.6.2.8 Fastener

Provide fasteners of corrosion-resistant material. Provide staples of minimum ¾-inch width; thickness not less than 0.005 inch for zinc-coated steel and not less than 0.007 inch for aluminum. Provide speed washers and anchor pins as recommended by the manufacturer for type and thickness of insulation specified. Provide bands for metal jackets 3/8-inch wide and 0.015 inch thick of zinc-coated steel and 0.020 inch thick of aluminum.

11.6.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare Technical Specifications for bellow listed activities of MECHANICAL INSULATION, and submit it to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start works

7.15.6.3.1 Installation Requirements

7.15.6.3.2 Installation

7.15.6.3.3 Pipe Insulation

7.15.6.3.4 Duct, Plenum, and Casing Insulation

7.15.6.3.5 Acoustical Duct Liner

7.15.6.3.6 Equipment

7.15.6.3.7 Insulation Finish Application

7.15.6.3.9 Painting

Page 41: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 223 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.7 WET STANDPIPE SYSTEM

11.7.1 General

11.7.1.1 Description

a. This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing,, and testing the wet standpipe system including all piping accessories as designed by Contractor and approved by Engineer.

b. Fire hose and fire hose nozzles will be furnished and installed.

11.7.1.2 References Standards

a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A123 Specification for Zinc (Hot, Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

ASTM A153 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware

ASTM A 395 Specification for Ferritic Ductile Iron Pressure Retaining Castings

ASTM A582 Specification for Free Standing Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Bars, Hot Rolled or Cold Finished

ASTM B16 Specification for Free Cutting Brass Rod, Bar, and Shapes for Use in Screw Machines

ASTM B124 Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy Forging Rod, bar and Shapes

b. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 14 Insulation of Standpipe and Hose Systems

NFPA 24 Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances

NFPA 72D Proprietary Protective Signaling Systems

11.7.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit detailed design drawings/shop drawings, hydraulic calculation and manufacturer’s product data indicating piping layout, valves, fire department connections, fire pumps, maintenance data, and recommended spare parts. Shop drawings shall show the complete system, including construction phasing. Partial submittals will be rejected.

c. Certified Test Reports

Submit certified test reports on Contractor’s Material and Test Certificate for aboveground and underground piping as shown in NFPA 13.

d. Submit operation and maintenance data for the equipment and system provided.

11.7.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. Installer’s Qualifications

Page 42: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 224 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Installers shall have installed wet standpipe system in at least two buildings and qualify as follows:

i. Welders Section IX of ASME boiler and pressure code. ii. Pipe Fitters Directly supervised by a licensed mechanical or

sanitary engineer.

b. Materials shall be clearly marked or stamped with the manufacturer’s name, nameplate data or stamp, rating, and conformance with ASTM, with corresponding standard number clearly marked, as applicable. Fire protection material and equipment shall be tested and shall be listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory of fire protection equipment. In addition, valves and grooved fittings shall also be approved for fire protection service by an organization concerned with product evaluations for compliance with appropriate standards for production of listed items. Galvanizing shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A123. Galvanized nuts, bolts and washers shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A153.

11.7.1.5 Site Conditions

11.7.2 Products

11.7.2.1 Wet Standpipe System

The system shall be installed as indicated and conform to NFPA 14, and detailed design drawings/shop drawings to be designed by Contractor.

11.7.2.2 Exposed and Embedded Pipe and Fittings

a. Aboveground

Class S, as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

b. Underground

Class K or H, as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

11.7.2.3 Piping Accessories

a. Submit to the Engineer for review piping accessories of types and sizes to be adopted.

b. Provide piping passing through floors, walls and ceiling with chrome split wall plates.

c. Place flexible connections above and below each riser valve assembly, and between exposed and embedded.

11.7.2.4 Valves

See Special Provisions and Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods for check valves, butterfly valves, air release valves, angle valves and valve supervisory switches.

11.7.2.5 Gages

3-1/2 inch dial type conforming to NFPA 14, Section 3.6.

11.7.2.6 Fire Department Connection

a. Provide four way brass or bronze Siamese, wall or flush type, with in plugs and chains, or caps, conforming to NFPA 14. Provide self-closing clapper valve in each inlet, and local fire department inlet hose threads.

Page 43: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 225 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

b. Fire department connection shall be labeled as WET STANDPIPE in raised cast form on surface of either fitting or escutcheon. Exposed parts including escutcheon, shall have either polished brass r polished chromium plated finish.

11.7.2.7 Fire Hose Cabinets

Prepare and submit specifications of Fire Protection Specialties for Engineer’s Review and approval.

11.7.2.8 Water Flow Alarm Switch

Provide a switch that will indicate flow of water in the standpipe system conforming to NFPA 72D.

11.7.2.9 Drains

Provide pipe to discharge at sight cones attached to drains of adequate size, to readily care for the full flow from each drain under maximum pressure.

11.7.2.10 Ball Drips

Provide automatic ball drips manufactured as cast brass automatic drip connections, which close at appropriately seven to ten psi on inlet side of check valve on Fire Department Connections.

11.7.2.11 Escutcheon

Provide split-hinged , locking type escutcheon held in place by either internal tension spring or a set screw. Provide polished chromium plated pressed steel material. Escutcheon shall encompass the sleeve or opening.

11.7.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare Technical Specifications for the activities listed below of WET STANDPIPE SYSTEM, and submit it to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start works

11.7.3.1 Installation

11.7.3.2 Identification

11.7.3.3 Field Quality Control

11.7.3.4 Adjusting and Cleaning

Page 44: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 226 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.8 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

11.8.1 General

11.8.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, and testing the water supply system. The water supply system shall be connected to the water main as per Contractor’s design.

11.8.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM B543 Specification for Welded Copper and Copper-Alloy Heat Exchanger Tube

b. American Water Works Association (AWWA):

ANSI/AWWA C651 Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains

ANSI/AWWA C900 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe, 4 inches Through 12 inches, for Water Distribution

c. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 24 Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances

d. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI):

PDI WH-201

e. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):

UL 312 Check Valves for Fire-Protection Service

11.8.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit manufacturer’s product data for specified materials and equipment.

c. Submit detailed design drawings, shop drawings piping layout and pipe, valves and locations of valves, shock absorbers, and escutcheon plates.

d. Submit operation and maintenance data for the equipment provided.

11.8.1.4 Site Conditions

11.8.2 Products

11.8.2.1 Buried Pipe and Fittings

a. General

Provide the types, sizes, and configurations of pipe, fittings, and miscellaneous materials and accessories as per Contractor’s design.

b. PVC pipe and Fittings, 3 inches and smaller: Provide Class H as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

c. PVC Pipe and Fittings, 4 inches and Larger: Provide Class K as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

11.8.2.2 Above ground Pipe and Fittings

Page 45: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 227 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

a. General

Provide types, sizes and configurations of pipe and fittings as indicated.

b. Pipe and Fittings

Provide Class S as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods,’

11.8.2.3 Joints and Jointing Materials

As specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

11.8.2.4 Valves

a. General

Valves shall be of sizes and types indicated. Valves two inches and smaller shall have threaded fittings and connections and valves 2-1/2 inches and larger shall have flange ends.

b. See Special Provisions and Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods for gate valves, and check valves, butterfly valves, and air release valves.

c. Pressure Reducing Valve

2 inch and smaller all bronze construction, 2-1/2 inch and larger all cast iron construction, 2-1/2 inch and smaller with threaded connections, 3 inch and larger with flanged connections. Stainless steel spring loaded, single seated, suitable for tight shutoff under dead-end conditions. Provide with renewable stainless steel seat, nylon inserted diaphragm, and bolted spring chamber. Rated for 300 psi working pressure, adjustable from 25 to 75 psi, factory set at 50 psi.

d. Relief Valves

ASME rated for intended service: Single-seated, bronze body and trim, guides, stainless steel spring, adjusting screw with cap and threaded connections for 2-1/2 inch and smaller, flanged connections for 3 inch and larger.

e. Backflow Preventer

Provide device which is approved by the water utility company. As a minimum, backflow preventer shall be a reduced pressure principle assembly with two rising stem gate shut-off valves, two resilient seat ball valve test cocks, and two replaceable resilient seat check valves. Backflow preventer shall be suitable for a 175 psig operating pressure and 140 degrees F operating temperature and shall be of bronze construction with screwed inlet and outlet for 3 inch and smaller sizes and cast iron, epoxy coated construction with 150 pound flanged inlet and outlet for 4 inch and larger sizes.

11.8.2.5 Piping Accessories

a. Provide piping accessories of types and sizes as indicated.

b. Provide escutcheons as specified in section 11.2, Pipe Sleeves, Supports, and Anchors.

c. Provide shock absorbers of either bellows or diaphragm type conforming to PDI WH-201 of size and location as per Contractor’s design.

Page 46: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 228 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

d. Wall sleeves and seals shall be in accordance with Section 11.2, Pipe Sleeves, Supports and Anchors.

11.8.2.6 Painting

Painting required for pipes and other ferrous and galvanized surfaces in concealed spaces, and painting of exposed items, shall be as specified in Section 8.10, Painting.

11.8.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specification for installation, testing, system disinfection and painting of Water Supply System, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

Page 47: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 229 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.9 SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM

11.9.1 General

11.9.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, and testing the sanitary sewerage system in the building and to a point outside the building wall as per Contractor’s design.

11.9.1.2 References Standards

a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings

ASTM A74 Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings

ASTM D1784 Specification for Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds

ASTM D1785 Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120

ASTM D2564 Specification for Solvent Cements for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings

b. Manufacturer’s Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS):

MSS SP-70 Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends

MSS SP-80 Bronze Gate, globe, Angle and Check Valves

11.9.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit detailed design drawings/shop drawings showing piping layouts, sizes, types, valves, drains, and cleanouts.

c. Submit manufacturer’s product data for specified materials and equipment.

d. Submit equipment manufacturer’s printed operating and maintenance instructions, consisting of detailed parts list, recommended spare parts list, and complete operation and maintenance procedures.

e. Submit certified test reports of valves and equipment, as applicable.

11.9.1.4 Site Conditions

11.9.2 Products

11.9.2.1 Buried Sewer pipe and Fittings

a. Piping below grade shall be Class A, as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

b. Acid Waste Drainage and Vent: Provide Class H pipe and fittings as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

11.9.2.2 Exposed and Embedded Soil, Waste, Drain and Vent Piping

a. Provide Class A or B cast iron soil pipe and fittings as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods, for non-pressure piping.

Page 48: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 230 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

b. Provide Class H polyvinyl chloride pipe as specified in Section 11.1, basic Mechanical Materials and Method, for HVAC condensate pan drain.

11.9.2.3 Valves

a. General

Provide valves of types indicated.

b. See Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods for gate valves and swing check valves.

c. Backwater Valves

Provide backwater valves with ASTM A74 cast iron bodies, bodies, hinged flaps, and seats, bolted covers, bronze trim, and flaps and seats removable through covers. Disc shall allow leakage which will eliminate blocking of the valve by the bridging of solids on the upstream side. Flaps shall be sensitive to backflow, and capable of closing immediately upon backflow.

d. Trap Primer Unit

Provide automatic trap primer valve, copper or cast bronze, 150 psi operating pressure, solder joint ends, with internal air gap, in-line type, complete with distribution unit.

11.9.2.4 Floor Drains

Provide floor drains manufactured of heavy cast iron with double drainage flange, sediment bucket, integral seepage pan, trap, primer connection, and clamping collar for waterproofing membrane. Provide heel-proof strainer of chromium-plated cast brass, polished brass or buff polished nickel alloy, as indicated, sized to match floor drain and attached to a bronze threaded collar for adjustment to varying floor thicknesses. Provide cast iron extra heavy traffic pattern floor drains where indicated.

11.9.2.5 Gutter and Trench Drains

Provide gutter and trench drains manufactured of heavy cast iron with sediment bucket, integral anchor flange and flashing clamp where membrane is provided. Provide cast iron, extra heavy traffic pattern gutter trench drains, where indicated. Provide cast ductile iron anti-tilt grate unless otherwise indicated.

11.9.2.6 Battery Room Floor Drain

Cast iron body with acid resistant enameled interior and enamel coated dome strainer, bottom outlet with aperture joint to suit PVC pipe connection, heavy-duty, round flange flashing collar with weep-holes.

11.9.2.7 Cleanouts

a. Provide cleanouts of cast iron conforming to ASTM A74, Class 25B and of sizes as per Contractor’s design.

b. Floor cleanouts shall be adjustable type, and shall have scoriated nickel alloy cover and, if for membrane waterproofed floors, a clamping device.

c. Wall cleanouts shall be bolted wedge type having a cover. Cover shall be satin stainless steel in flanged frame secured to plug with a vandal-proof screw.

d. Exposed cleanouts shall have raised brass head cleanout plug.

e. Grade cleanouts shall have adjustable sleeve-type housing, threaded brass plug with countersunk slot, and cast iron frame and cover.

Page 49: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 231 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.9.2.8 Piping Specialties

a. Gaskets for flanged joints shall be as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

b. Couplings for connecting above ground and underground piping shall be specifically designed for the purpose required with transition type gaskets.

11.9.2.9 Flashings

Either soft-tempered or cold-rolled copper, weighing not less than 16 ounces per square foot, or sheet lead, weighing not less than four pounds per square foot.

11.9.2.10 Escutcheons

Provide as specified in Section 11.2, Pipe Sleeves Supports and Anchors.

11.9.2.11 Neutralizing Sums

a. provide sump molded in one piece from polyethylene with NPT connections and having minimum capacity of 15 gallons or 1.33 cubic feet of usable volume.

b. The sump shall be completely filled with marble chips, and furnished complete with gasket, bolted polyethylene cover.

11.9.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specification for preparation, installation, pipe cleanouts, identification, field quality control, painting, cleaning and repair of the SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for its review and approval prior to start work.

11.9.3.1 Preparation

11.9.3.2 Installation

11.9.3.3 Pipe Cleanouts

11.9.3.4 Identification

11.9.3.5 Field Quality Control

11.9 3.6 Painting

11.9.3.7 Cleaning

11.9.3.8 Repair

Page 50: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 232 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.10 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM

11.10.1 General

11.10.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing and testing the storm drainage system from within the building to a point outside the building wall as designed by Contractor and approved by Engineer.

11.10.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A48 Specification for Gray Iron Castings

ASTM A536 Specification for Ductile Iron Castings

ASTM D1784 Specification for rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC) Compounds

ASTM D 1785 Specification for Polyvinyl (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120

ASTM D2564 Specification for Solvent Cements for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings

b. Manufacturer’s Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (MSS)

MSS SP 70 Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends

MSS SP 80 Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves

11.10.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit detailed design drawings/shop drawings showing piping layouts, sizes, types, valves, drains, and cleanouts.

c. Submit manufacturer’s product data for specified materials and equipment.

d. Submit equipment manufacturer’s printed operating and maintenance instructions, consisting of detailed parts list, recommended spare parts list, and complete operation and maintenance procedures.

e. Submit certified test results and certified test results and certificates of compliance as necessary to verify conformance with specified requirements.

11.10.1.4 Site Conditions

11.10.2 Products

11.10.2.1 Embedded Track Drain, Buried Drainage Pipe and Fittings

a. General

Provide pipe and fittings of sizes and configurations indicated. Provide Class H pipe and fittings as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Method, for non-pressure piping. Buried Class H pipe shall be as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

b. Embedded Track Drain

Page 51: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 233 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Provide Class H pipe and fittings as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

C. Sump Pump Discharge

Provide Class H pipe and fittings as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

11.10.2.2 Exposed and Embedded Drainage Pipe and Fittings

Provide Class H pipe and fittings as specified in Section 11.1, Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods.

11.10.2.3 Drains

a. General

Provide the type, size, and configuration indicated, with vandal-proof strainers and strainer fasteners, as hereinafter specified.

b. Roof Drains

Cast iron body, flashing clamp with seepage openings, and vandal-proof secured dome grate as indicated.

c. Floor Drains

Floor drains in station public areas, except toilets, shall be extra heavy cast iron conforming to ASTM A48, and shall have double drainage flange, button outlet, sediment bucket, membrane clamp and vandal-proof screwed and secured grate as indicated, sized to match drain pipe and adjusted to varying floor thickness.

d. Trench Grate

Cast iron rectangular heavy-duty, sectional grate with frame securely fixed against pilferage but with provision for cleaning.

11.10.2.4 Clean-outs

a. Cleanouts shall be of sizes indicated, and shall be of cast iron conforming to ASTM A48, Class 25B.

b. Floor cleanouts shall be adjustable type, and shall have scoriated nickel alloy cover and membrane clamping device.

c. Wall cleanouts shall be bolted, wedge type having a cover. Cover plate shall be mounted in a flanged frame, shall be stainless steel, and shall be secured to the plug with a vandal-proof screw.

d. Exposed cleanouts shall have a raised brass head cleanout plug.

e. Grade cleanouts shall have an adjustable sleeve housing, with threaded brass plug and a countersunk slot.

11.10.2.5 Manhole Covers and Frame

Refer to DPWH Standard Specification Volume II item 502

11.10.2.6 Escutcheons

Provide escutcheons in accordance with Section 11.2, Pipe Sleeves, Supports and Anchors

Page 52: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 234 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.10.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specification for preparation, installation, pipe cleanouts, field quality control, painting and cleaning of the STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for its review and approval prior to start work.

11.10.3.1 Preparation

11.10.3.2 Installation

11.10.3.3 Pipe Cleanouts

11.10.3.4 Field Quality Control

11.10.3.5 Cleaning

11.10.3.6 Painting

Page 53: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 235 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.11 PLUMBING FIXTURES

11.11.1 General

11.11.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing and testing of plumbing fixtures, equipment, and appliances as per Contractor’s design.

11.11.1.2 References Standards

a. Federal Specifications (FS):

FS WW-P-541 Plumbing Fixtures

FS WW-P-541/1B Plumbing Fixtures (Water Closets)

FS WW-P-541/2B Plumbing Fixtures (Urinals)

FS WW-P-541/4B Plumbing fixtures (Lavatories)

FS WW-P-541/5B Plumbing Fixtures (Sinks, Kitchen, Service and Laundry Trays)

FS WW-P-541/6B Plumbing Fixtures (Drinking Fountains)

b. Uniform Building Code

11.11.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit manufacturer’s product data and illustrations of the specified fixtures and products.

c. Submit certified test results and certificates of compliance as necessary to verify conformance with specified requirements.

d. Submit maintenance and operating instructions, including spare parts list, for plumbing fixtures.

11.11.1.4 Site Conditions

11.11.2 Products

11.11.2.1 Fixtures

a. Water Closet

Water closet shall conform to FS WW-P-541/1B or ANSI A112.19.2.

b. Urinal

Urinals shall conform to FS-WW-P-541/2B or ANSI A112.19.2.

c. Lavatory

Lavatory shall conform to FS-WW-P-541/4B or ANSI A112.19.2.

d. Service/Mop Sink

Enameled cast iron, conforming to FS-WW-P-541 and FS-WW-P-541/5B/floor or wall mounted, corner type sink shall be at least 700mm x 700mm, and shall have wall mounted ball valve type supply faucet and bottom drain fittings. The rim shall not be higher than 350mm nor less than 200mm nor narrower than 50mm. Drain diameter shall be 3 inches.

Page 54: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 236 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.11.2.2 Valves, Faucets, and Hydrants

a. Integral Stops

Lock-shield, loose-key pattern type with supplies. Exposed fixture fittings and trim shall be either chromium-plated or nickel-plated brass, and shall have polished, bright surfaces.

b. Hose Bibb

Chromium plated brass or satin-finish stainless steel ball type with lever handles. Inlet shall be ½ inch external pipe thread, and spout shall have ¾ inch hose thread.

11.11.2.3 Appurtenances and Accessories

a. Connectors

Provide anchoring bolts not smaller than ¼-inch, of carbon steel, and with chromium-plated nuts and washers.

11.11.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the PLUMBING FIXTURES, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

11.11.3.1 Examination and Preparation

11.11.3.2 Installation

11.11.3.3 Field Quality Control

11.11.3.4 Adjusting and Cleaning

Page 55: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 237 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

11.12 AIR - CONDITIONING

11.12.1 General

11.12.1.1 Description

a. This section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, and testing factory – assembled self – contained and split type packaged air conditioning units.

11.12.1.2 References Standards

a. Air – Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI)

b. American Soc. Of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).

ANSI/ASHRAE 15 Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration ASHRAE 52 Method of Testing Air – Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter.

c. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

ASTM E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

d. National Electrical Manufacturers Associations (NEMA)

NEMA ICS I General Standards for Industrials control and Systems NEMA MG I Motors and Generators

e. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) NFPA 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating System

f. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)

UL 484 Room Air Conditioners UL 900 Test Performance of Air Filters Units

11.12.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittals requirements and procedures.

b. Submit shop drawings indicating plans, elevations, and sections; dimensions and weight of equipment; sizes of refrigerant piping connecting to and from equipment; electrical connections; wiring diagrams, control logic diagrams (sequence of events) products data for instruments and controls; safety devices; condensate drain; interlocks; and concrete pads.

c. Submits manufacturer’s product data indicating total BTU loads including sensible and latest loads where applicable, motor, horsepower and kW rating, electrical characteristics, sequence of operation, type of refrigerant, pressures, suction and condensing temperatures, performance curves, and installation and testing procedures.

d. Submit manufacturer’s printed operation and maintenance instructions, describing operating procedures and maintenance sequences. Include manufacturer’s recommended spare parts list for maintenance requirements.

e. Submit warranties and Bonds, warranting the performance of the equipment for a 12–month period after the equipment is put into normal and continuous

Page 56: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 238 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

operation and following final acceptance of the project which ever comes last. Furnish labor, materials and equipment to adjust the air conditioning equipment during the warranty during the warranty period.

11.12.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. Conform products and installation to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code;

ANSI/ASHRAE 15, and Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.

b. Provide products of manufacturers normally supplying this type of equipment, who can show evidence of having produced a unit of approximately the same capacity which has been in successful operation for at least ten years.

c. Test and rate the air conditioning equipment in accordance with ARI 310.

d. Equipment shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with applicable UL requirements.

11.12.2 Products

11.12.2.1 General

a. Air conditioners shall be designed for and charged with latest approved refrigerant.

b. Disconnect switches, where provided, shall be accessible from outside control panel with control circuit transformer wired on disconnected side of the switch.

c. Provide smoke detectors for air conditioning equipment to automatically shut down the system upon detecting the presence of smoke as required by NFPA 90A.

11.12.2.2 Through – Wall Type air Conditioners

a. Provide factory-assembled and tested units designed for mounting through – wall. Provide units rated in accordance with ARI 310 producing not less than indicated capacities.

b. Unit shall include fans and motors, integral temperature controls, outdoor louver, wall sleeve, 10mm washable air filter, accessories for controlled ventilation and condensation removal, and electrical box for external power connection.

c. Provide unit enclosure of minimum 18 gage galvanized steel, finished with baked enamel. From panel shall be removable without the use of tools. Access to unit controls shall be gained by an access panel. Provide four – way adjustable discharge grilles. Provide return air entering between either kick plate and front panel or a low level in front panel. Line interior of enclosure with insulation having a fire hazard rating of not more than 25 for flame spread and 50 more developed as determined by ASTM E84.

d. Provide horizontal bar type louvers with flanged louver plate assembly constructed of 14 gage aluminum, anodized after fabrication.

e. Provide one piece casing, self – bracing, fabricated of not less than 16 gage zinc – coated steel, phosphatized and finished with baked enamel. Design wall sleeve for field installing and fastening to outside air louver with a positive weather and air tight seal.

f. Provide self - contained cooling section, either slide-in assembly or removable chassis type, hermetically sealed refrigeration compressor evaporator and

Page 57: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 239 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

condenser fan and motor, control box, condensation drain pan and ventilation damper; the cooling section shall include refrigeration circuit tubing, wiring and safety controls, and shall be constructed as follows:

i. Permanent split capacitor type motor having an overload protection and fused capacitor shall be provided.

ii. Condenser coil shall have copper tubes and aluminum fins. Fins shall be mechanically bonded to tubes.

iii. Evaporator coil shall have copper tubes and aluminum fins. Fins shall be mechanically bonded to tubes, and shall be positioned above an insulated galvanized steel drain pan.

iv. Condenser and evaporators shall have resiliently mounted fans. Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced at factory. Blades and hubs shall be constructed of anodized aluminum with steel shafts and ball bearing. Condenser fans shall be direct driven propeller type. Evaporator fans shall be direct driven or belt driven double inlet centrifugal fan with forward curve blades.

v. Refrigeration circuits shall have gas and liquid piping, fittings valve, capillary tube, and standard devices.

g. Controls

i. Controls shall consists of OFF FAN COOL selectors switch, and adjustable thermostat with upper and lower limits.

11.12.2.3 Split Type Packaged air Conditioning Units

a. Generals

Provide split type packaged A/C unit consisting of indoor units and remote air-cooled outdoor units rated in accordance with ARI standard. Design separate units to be used together, and base rating on the use of the matched assemblies. Provide units complete with air filters, controls dampers, base factory installed internal insulation controls, wiring, and internal refrigeration piping.

b. Contractor shall prepare manufacturer’s specifications for split type packaged air conditioning units for Engineer’s review and approval.

11.12.2.4 Air Filters

a. General

Type and capacity of filters and type of filter holding system shall be as indicated.

b. Low Efficiency Filters

i. Replaceable, throwaway, panel filters, 2 inches deep, 24 inch X 24 inch face or as required, fiberglass, heavy duty, with laminated backing and sprayed with non-flammable adhesive, UL class II, framed in throwaway fiberglass casing, and sandwiched between perforated metal grilles. Provide filters with rated maximum face velocity of 500 fpm, initial resistance of not greater than 0.30 inch w.g final rated resistance of 0.50 inch w.g and average arrestance of 80 percent.

ii. Washable plastic with integral frame for through wall A/C units.

Page 58: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 240 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

c. Spare Media and Filters

i. In the original installation of filters and filtering equipment two replacement of filters as herein specified shall be provided for each filter.

ii. Mark each media carton with a code number applying to the series of test that have been carried out by the manufacturer in accordance with ASHRAE and ARI requirements; AFI Performance Test, Test for Uniformity of Resistance, Media Compressibility and Strength, Weight Test for Quantity of Adhesive, and Weight Test for Quantity of fiber.

iii. Any filter media installed in air handling system used to provide temporary service shall not be considered a part of the original installation.

11.12.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of Air-Conditioning, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

11.12.3.1 Installation

11.12.3.2 Painting

11.12.3.3 Start up Service

11.12.3.4 Field Quality Control

Page 59: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 241 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

DIVISION 12 - ELECTRICAL

This Division specifies the requirements for the design, supply, installation and maintenance of ELECTRICAL for existing stations. Contractor shall up-grade those specifications to the latest edition, and then up-graded specifications shall be adopted for designing, supplying, installation and service for defect liability periods of ELETRICAL for proposed stations to advanced and compatible products with existing station.

12.1 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

12.1.1 General

12.1.1.1 Description

a. This section includes specifications for basic materials and methods for electrical work as necessary to support the Sections in Division 12 which specify particular categories of electrical work.

b. Investigate carefully the structural and finish conditions affecting the work, and provide such fittings and accessories as required.

12.1.1.2 Interface Coordination

a. Interface and coordinate the work of this Section with the other Sections of this Division 12, Electrical, as required to provide a complete and operable electrical installation.

b. Interface and coordinate also with the Sections under Division 11, Mechanical, which require electrical equipment and services as part of the mechanical installation.

c. Interface and coordinate electrical work with the utility company and the LGU, as applicable.

d. Interface and coordinate with work completed or in progress or to be performed under other sections of these Specifications or by other contractors. Make indicated connections to previously completed work. Where future connections to or extensions of the work are indicated, make safe and convenient provisions for such future connections and extensions.

e. Provide raceway systems for future system wide contractors as indicated.

f. Take possession of and maintain electrical equipment left in place by others, where applicable. Leave temporary and interim electrical work, plant and equipment in place for maintenance and operation by others.

12.1.1.3 Reference Standards

i. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

ANSI C801 Rigid Conduit - Zinc Coated

ii. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

ASTM AI23 Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)

Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

ASTM A153 Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware

ASTM D149 Test Methods for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage and Dielectric Strength of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials at Commercial Power Frequencies

Page 60: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 242 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ASTM D570 Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics

ASTM D638 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics

ASTM D695 Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics

ASTM D790 Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Electrical Insulating Materials

ASTM DI000 Method of Testing Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Coated Tapes Used for Electrical Insulation

ASTM D1518 Test Method for Thermal Transmittance of Textile Materials

ASTM D1682 Test Methods for Breaking Load and Elongation of Textiles Fabrics

ASTMD224D Test Method for Rubber Property – Durometer Hardness

ASTM D3005 Specification for Low-Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride Plastic Pressure Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape

iii. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)

IEEE C37:35 Application, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of High-Voltage air Disconnecting and Load Interrupter Switches

iv. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)

NEMA KSI Enclosed Switches

NEMA RNI Polyvinyl-Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit

NEMA TC2 Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80)

NEMA TC3 PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing

NEMA VE 1 Metallic Cable Tray Systems

NEMA WC 7 Cross Linked Thermosetting Polyethylene Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy

NEMA WD 1 General Requirements for Wiring Devices

v. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)

vi. Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL)

UL5 Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings

UL6 Rigid Metal Conduit

UL20 General-Use Snap Switches

UL 50 Cabinets and Boxes

Page 61: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 243 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

UL 486 Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors

UL 498 Attachment Plugs and Receptacles

UL 514A Metallic Outlet Boxes

UL 514B Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes

UL 797 Electric Metallic Tubing

vii. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)

12.1.1.4 Submittals

a. General

Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. List of Materials

At least 30 days before beginning the work of this Section, submit a list of materials and equipment proposed for use together with applicable standards. Give name of manufacturer, brand name, and catalog number of each item. Submit the list complete at one time, with items arranged and identified in numerical sequence by Specification Section and Paragraph number.

c. Compliance with Applicable Standards

i. Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to the standards of organizations such as ANSI, ASTM, IEEE, NEMA, and UL, submit evidence of such conformance for review and record purposes.

ii. The label or listing of the specified agency will be acceptable evidence.

iii. Instead of the label or listing, the Contractor may submit a written certificate from an approved nationally recognized testing organization, adequately equipped and competent to perform such services; stating that the items have been tested and that the units conform to the specified standard.

a. Submit evidence of compliance to seismic safety requirements.

d. Factory Test and Inspection Certification

i. Except as otherwise specified herein, where factory tests und inspections for material and equipment for which tests and inspections specified in referenced documents are waived, provide certified copies of reports for tests performed on previously manufactured identical materials or equipment within the previous 12 months.

ii. Accompany test reports by signed statements from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material or equipment is physically, mechanically, and electrically identical to that proposed for the project. Include wiring and control diagrams.

e. Detailed Design Drawings and Shop Drawings: Submit detailed design drawings and shop drawings for review showing the exact location and arrangement of conduits stubbed into future equipment, cabinet, pillboxes and

Page 62: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 244 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

assigned spaces, conduit sleeves for future exposed conduits, and for fabricated work being furnished and installed under these Specifications. Submit such drawings before rough-in work, fabrication, and within ample time to prevent delays in the Work. Include electrical diagrams for equipment and equipment installation.

f. Field Test Reports: Submit certified field test reports of field tests, verifying performance of equipment and systems with Specification requirements.

12.1.2 Products

12.1.2.1 General Requirements

a. Furnish materials and equipment of design, sizes and ratings as indicated.

b. Furnish materials and equipment bearing label or classification listing of a national recognized testing laboratory where UL standards exist and such product labeling or listing is available. Electrical materials shall comply with NFPA 70.

c. Methods of fabrication, assembly and installation are optional unless otherwise indicated.

d. Provide products that are free from defects, which may impair performance, durability or appearance; and of the commercial quality best suited for the purpose indicated or specified herein.

e. Steel conduit and accessories shall be galvanized rigid steel conduit.

f. Materials manufactured for use as raceways (except PVC conduit), boxes, cabinets, equipment enclosures, and their surface finish material shall be capable of being subjected to temperatures up to 932°F (500°C) for one hour and shall not support combustion.

12.1.2.2 Conduit

a. Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit (RSC) and Accessories:

i. Provide conduit, couplings, elbows, bends, sealing fittings, and nipples conforming to ANSI C80.1 and UL 6, with each length bearing manufacturer's stamp and UL label.

ii. Use only RSC conduit and accessories for communications and lighting except in underground or concrete encased duct banks.

iii. Fittings and Accessories:

a Provide separable watertight hub fittings with a gasket, separate nylon insulated throat, and a case-hardened lockout.

b. Provide bushings of nylon-insulated metallic and grounding type.

c. Provide conduit straps, clamps, and clamp backs made of galvanized malleable iron.

d. Rigid steel conduit shall be a minimum of 20 mm diameter at exposed portions and 25 mm diameter at embedded portions.

b. Electrical Metallic Tubing: Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall not be used.

c. PVC Coated Conduit:

i. Provide PVD-coated conduit conforming to· NEMA RN-1, Coating Type A-40.

Page 63: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 245 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ii. Thread protectors installed oil both ends of conduit for shipment and handling, with couplings packaged separately.

d. Liquid tight flexible Metallic Conduit and Fittings:

i. Provide conduit consisting of a core or flexible galvanized steel with and extruded Liquid tight plastic or neoprene jacket overall. Jacket shall be moisture and oil-proof capable of conforming to the minimum radius bends of flexible conduit without cracking,

ii. Provide conduits with a continuous copper bonding conductor spiral wound between the convolutions, as required by NEC, and in accordance with Section 12.5, Grounding and Bonding,

iii. Provide fittings conforming to UL 5148, cadl1lium or zinc-coated,

e. PYC Electrical Conduit and Fittings:

i. Provide heavy wall, high impact strength, rigid PYC conforming to the requirements of EPC-40-PYC conduit of NEMA TC 2 and fittings for EPC-40-PYC conduit of NEMA TC 3,

ii. Conduit and fittings shall be UL 651 listed and shall conform with Article 347 of the NEC for underground and exposed use,

Conduit and fittings shall be flammability rated as self extinguishing and shall have the following minimum properties:

a. Tensile strength, ASTM D638 at 78°C: 6,000 psi, b. Flexural strength, ASTM D790: 11,000 psi,

c. Compressive strength, ASTM D695: 8500 psi.

d Hardness (Durometer D), ASTM D2240 : 77,

e. Water absorption, percent maximum in 24 hours at 72°C, ASTM D570: 0.03.

f. Dielectric strength, volts per mil, ASTM D149: 1,100.

g. Thermal conductivity: 1.3 Btu/square foot/°F/inch;

f. Conduit Expansion Fittings:

i. Fabricate expansion fittings from material similar to the type of conduit with which they are to be used'.

ii. Include a factory installed packing ring, designed to prevent the entrance of moisture, and a pressure ring.

iii. Include a grounding ring or a grounding conductor for metallic expansion couplings.

12.1.2.3 Pipe or Conduit Hangers

a. Provide trapeze type multiple pipe or conduit hangers and supports as indicated or required.

b. Fabricated hangers from two or more steel hanger rods, a steel horizontal member, U-bolts, clamps, and other attachment as necessary for securing hanger rods, and conduits.

c. Provide galvanized hanger rods not smaller than 10 mm diameter, threaded either full length or for a sufficient distance at each end to permit at least 40 mm inches of adjustment

d. Provide horizontal member meeting the following requirements:

Page 64: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 246 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

i. Standard structural steel shapes such as angles or channels, 40 mm by 40 mm, 12 gauge, cold-formed, lipped channel, and designed to accept special spring-held hardened steel nuts for securing hanger rods and other attachments. Nuts and clamps shall be compatible with the channel.

ii. Two or more channels may be welded together to form horizontal members of greater strength.

iii. Galvanize after fabrication in accordance with ASTM AI23 or ASTM A153, as applicable.

e. Design of conduit hangers shall meet the following requirements:

i. Capable of supporting a load equal to the sum of the weights of the conduits and wires, the weight of the hanger itself, plus 60 kg.

ii. The stress at the root of the thread of the hanger rods shall be not more than. 65 Mpa at design load.

iii. Size the horizontal member such that the maximum stress will be not more than 85 MPa at design load.

12.1.2.4 Insert

a. Channel Inserts:

i. Fabricate from not less than 12 gauge steel channel having an overall size of 40 mm by 40 mm with continuous 22 mm wide slot, in lengths as indicated. Galvanize after fabrication.

ii. Inserts for embedding in concrete shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Fabricate from channels having a solid base. b. Weld concrete anchors to the channel during fabrication and

before coating. c. Clean and galvanize after fabrication. d. Provide assemblies with a minimum pull-out load rating of

3000 kg per linear meter uniformly distributed with a safety factor of three.

e. Furnish channel inserts for installation embedded in concrete with the channel interior completely filled with Styrofoam to prevent seepage of concrete into the channel during installation.

iii. Inserts for surface mounting shall conform to the following requirements:

a. Fabricate from channel having 10 mm by 75 mm slots on 100 mm centers in the base.

b. Galvanize, ASTM A153, insert for surface mounting on concrete surfaces and for installation in damp or wet areas.

b. Spot Inserts for Embedding in Concrete:

i. Steel, galvanized after fabrication, ASTM A153. ii. Design for a minimum loading of 350 kg with a safety factor of three. iii. Knockout openings to accommodate either square or rectangular

nuts.

12.1.2.5 Surface-Mounted Metal Raceways and Fittings

Page 65: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 247 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Provide surface-mounted metal raceways and fittings conforming to UL 5 and NFPA 70.

12.1.2.6 Outlet, Junction and Pull Boxes

a. Provide outlet boxes, junction and pull boxes conforming to NFP A 70, Article 370.

b. Electrical boxes shall conform to UL 50, Cabinets and Boxes, and UL 514B, Fittings for Conduit and Outlet Boxes.

c. Provide electrical boxes of the material, finish, type, and size indicated and as required for the location, kind of service, number of wires, and function. Boxes shall have mounting boles for No. 10-24 machine screws.

d. Provide boxes complete with accessible covers designed for quick removal and suitable for the purpose for which they will be used, except that boxes in which, or on which, no devices or fixtures are to be installed shall be equipped with flat or raised blank covers as required. Ceiling fixture outlet boxes shall be equipped with 10 mm boltless fixture studs.

e. Boxes below 1600 cubic cm in size shall be cast metal. Boxes over 1600 cu cm in size shall conform to the requirements for cabinets, except boxes in interface pull boxes shall be cast metal boxes with gasket cast metal covers. Boxes for surface mounted wiring devices shall be Type FD.

f. Covers shall be of same thickness as boxes and shall be secured in position by means of No. 10-24 stainless steel machine screws. Arrange covers to be readily and conveniently removed.

g. Junction boxes shall be zinc-coated (galvanized) inside and outside. Where outlet boxes arc used as junction, boxes, they shall not be smaller than 100 mm square by 40 mm inches deep. Provide such boxes with flat blank covers.

h. Outlet boxes for exposed installation shall be cast metal, not smaller than 100 mm square by 50 mm deep. For embedded or concealed installation, use cast l11etal boxes approved for intended purpose:

i. Concealed switch boxes shall be not less than 100 mm square by 40 mm deep for two devices, unless otherwise indicated. Provide covers with rectangular openings of proper size and shape. Provide special boxes as required to suit the kind of service and location requirements.

j. Provide brackets, supports, hangers, fittings, bonding jumpers, and other accessories as required.

k. Provide neoprene gaskets 3 mm inch thick for boxes subjected to weather. Provide fire resistant gaskets for pull boxes installed at the conduits for emergency equipment, feeder cables and fire protection circuits.

l. Provide each boxes with a grounding terminal as follows:

i. Provide grounding terminal of either a green-colored washer-in-head machine screw not smaller than No. 10-32 in a drilled, tapped, and threaded hole in the back of the box, or a grounding bushing with green-colored machine screw terminal attached to one of the conduits.

ii. Provide grounding terminals in motor connection boxes. iii. Install grounding jumpers as specified in Section 16455, Grounding

and Bonding.

12.1.2.7 Cable Trays

Page 66: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 248 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

a. General: Provide cable tray systems conforming to NEMA VE 1, except for modifications indicated. Cable tray system shall be designed to withstand Seismic Zone 4 earthquake.

b. Cable Tray System Components:

i. Provide components of hot-dip galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A 123, or stainless steel Type 304, as indicated.

ii. Install bonding jumper at cable tray connections.

c. Dimensions: Straight sections and fittings shall have inside width as indicated, measured between the rails. Overall width shall not exceed inside width by more than 50 mm. Inside nominal depth shall be 100 mm. Overall tray depth shall not exceed inside depth by more than 20 mm.

d. Fabrication:

i. Provide straight sections and fittings consisting of stiffened channel rungs located between channel-shaped side rails having outward projecting flanges.

ii. Rungs shall be positioned to provide a flat, cable support surface at least 27 mm wide, excluding corner radii, and shall be 1.5 mm thick. MIG-weld rungs to side rails and clean welds.

iii. Provide solid bottom type straight sections and fittings consisting of two-sided rails with a solid corrugated bottom welded to the side rails. Provide solid flanged covers to match solid bottom tray construction.

iv. Provide straight-section side rails having a top flange not to exceed 32 mm wide and a minimum 10 mm vertical stiffening lip.

e. Test Requirements:

i. Cable tray system shall be capable of supporting a total cable load of 80 kg/m for cable tray of 750 mm wide or less and 130 kg/m for cable tray over 750 mm wide on a maximum span of 2.4 m including a static concentrated load of 90 kg as specified below, with a safety factor of two based on the destructive load, regardless of the type of splice plates or type of span, when tested in accordance with load test procedure described in NEMA VE 1.

ii. Straight sections and fittings shall not permanently deform under a 90 kg pound static concentrated load applied vertically along a 100 mm length for both of the following conditions:

a. Load applied to center of one tray section having specified cable load and support spacing. Load shall be applied at midpoint between supports over a splice connection.

b. Load applied to one rung of empty tray section having specified support spacing. Load shall be located at midpoint between side rails and supports. Cable tray supports shall be capable of supporting 0.625 of the sum of the total load on both spans adjacent to support with safety factor of two.

f. Cable Tray Supports:

i. Provide cable tray supports fabricated from minimum 12 gauge steel channel. 40 mm kg by 40 mm, with a continuous 22 mm wide slot; hot-dip galvanized.

Page 67: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 249 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ii. Provide hardware. fittings. and brackets. zinc or cadmium coated.

iii. Provide assembled supports. fittings. brackets. and hardware to carry the loads as indicated with a factor or safety of three or greater.

iv. Supports shall provide at least 27 mm bearing length for each rail and shall have provision for tray hold-down clamps and fasteners.

12.1.2.8 Underfloor Duct System

a. Provide underfloor duct system consisting of junction boxes, ducts, extension rings, hold-down straps, and accessory parts to form complete assemblies, made water-tight with sealing compound. Fabricate primary components of the system of 14 gauge steel, with an approved corrosion resistant coating.

b. Provide junction boxes with openings on each of the four sides to receive two ducts. each 40 mm high by 150 mm wide; and having a round top cover of approximately 550 mm in diameter for access to cables. Fit junction boxes with interior partitions which isolate each duct and concurrently form a continuous raceway through the box in both directions.

c. Each raceway shall have a minimum inside area of 5500 mm square mm for large duct or 2100 square mm for small duct. Close off unused junction box openings with blank panels. Fit boxes with four pad-and-screw assemblies for bolting boxes to the structure and for leveling and height adjustments.

d. Provide extension rings matching the junction boxes if required, in a height which along with heights or the junction box and cover, combine to bring the total height of the assembly to 115 mm the approximate thickness of the finish floor. The leveling and height adjustment screws in the junction box shall have a minimum upward adjustment of 10 mm and shall be used for final adjustment to bring the top of the cover plates level and flush with the top of the finish floor.

e. Provide junction box cover plates of stainless steel or brass and recess 20 mm minimum to hold a section of paver matching adjacent pavers in the station finish floor. Provide junction box cover plates not exposed to public view of flat stainless steel.

f. In addition to furnishing accessory parts to form a complete assembly, furnish core drills, hole saws, after set inserts, and insert extensions as required for normal installation.

12.1.2.9 Connectors and Insulating Tapes

a. Splice and Terminal Connectors:

i. Provide termination fittings for use with the cable furnished, NEMA standard, and UL 486 listed.

ii. Termination and splice fittings for 5.5 sq. mm and smaller conductors shall be compression type. Wires to be connected shall be grouped together and fitted into an appropriately sized tin plated copper sleeve. After compressing with an appropriate tool, the connector shall be covered with a nylon insulating cap. Wire splices shall comply with UL 486C. Screw-on and spring pressure type connectors are prohibited.

iii. Termination and splice fittings for 8 sq. mm and larger conductors shall be tool-applied compression connectors of material and design compatible with conductors for which they are used.

Page 68: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 250 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

iv. Terminal connectors for conductors size 100 sq. mm and larger shall be long-barrel, double-compression type, and shall be furnished with two NEMA standard bolting holes in the pad.

v. Provide heat-shrinkable insulator for every compression type connector.

b. Insulating Material for Splices and Terminators

i. Provide insulating material for splices and terminations of type accepted by the Engineer for the particular use location and voltage, of 20 mm nominal width.

ii. Plastic electrical insulating tape for general use shall be vinyl plastic with rubber based pressure sensitive adhesive, and shall be pliable at temperature of minus 18 degrees C to 105 degrees C. When tested in accordance with ASTM D3005, the tape shall, have the following minimum properties:

a. Thickness: Seven mils. b. Breaking Strength: 25 kg. per cm. c. Elongation: 200 percent. d. Dielectric Strength: 10,000 volts/mil. e. Insulation Resistance (Direct method of electrolytic corrosion):

Ten mega ohms.

iii. Rubber electrical insulating tape for protective overwrapping shall be silicone rubber with a silicone pressure-sensitive adhesive. When tested in accordance with ASTM D1000, the tape shall have the following minimum properties:

a. Elongation: 525 percent. b. Dielectric Strength: 13,000 volts. c. Insulation Resistance (Indirect Method of Electrolytic

Corrosion): Ten megohms.

iv. Arcproof tape shall be flexible, conformable organic fabric, coated one side with a flame-retardant flexible elastomer, self-extinguishing, with the following minimum properties:

a. Thickness, ASTM D1000: 55 mils. b. Tensile Strength, ASTM D1682: 50 pounds per inch. c. Thermal Conductivity, ASTM D1518: 0.0478 Btu/hour/square

foot/of. d. Electrical Arc Resistance: Withstand 200 ampere arc for 40

seconds.

v. Mark each tape package to indicate shelf-life expiration date.

12.1.2.10 Switches

a. Provide AC tumbler-toggle switches conforming to minimum requirements of UL 20 and the requirements herein specified, of specification grade and heavy duty type. Switches mounted outdoors shall be weatherproof.

b. Provide switches that operate in any position and are fully enclosed with entire body and cover of molded phenolic, urea or melamine. Do not use fiber, paper, or similar insulating material for body or cover.

Page 69: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 251 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

c. Equip switches with metal mounting yoke with plaster ears, insulated from the mechanism and fastened to the switch body by bolts, screws, rivets, or other substantial means that meet test requirements.

d. Provide a green-colored equipment grounding screw on the yoke.

e. Provide the section of the yoke normally intended to bear on the surface outside the box with a minimum over-all dimension of 20 mm measured at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the yoke.

f. Switch contacts shall be silver or silver alloys.

g. Switches shall be back or side wired with terminals of screw or combination screw-clamp type.

h. Terminal screws shall be No.8 or larger, captive or terminal type.

i. Provide wiring terminals capable of receiving and holding wire sizes as follows:

SWITCH RATING WIRE SIZE, AWG

NO.

20 amperes 3.5 mm2

30 amperes 5.5 mm2

j. Switches for use on incandescent or fluorescent lighting circuits shall be fully rated 20 amperes at 250 volts.

k. Switches controlling straight resistance loads may be snap switches as specified herein, of the proper rating up to 30.amperes at 120-277 volts.

l. Provide ac 120-277 volt snap switches capable of withstanding tests as outlined in NEMA WD I, Paragraphs WD 1-2.04, WD 1-2.05A, WD 1-2.05C, WD 1-2.05E2, WD 1-205F2;and WD 1-2.05G. If requested by the Engineer, submit evidence that the types of switches proposed have satisfactorily withstood these tests.

12.1.2.11 Receptacles

a. Standards: Connectors and outlet receptacles shall conform to UL 498 and NEMA WD 1 for heavy-duty general use type.

b. Receptacles:

i. Provide receptacles with fire-resistant non-absorptive hot molded phenolic composition bodies and bases and with metal plaster ears integral with supporting member. Receptacles shall be flush type, except where otherwise indicated.

ii. Wall receptacles shall be NEMA 20R configuration single or duplex receptacles as indicated.

iii. Provided receptacles and plugs (caps) with light-colored terminal facilities for neutral connections, amber or brass-colored for phase conductor connections, and green-colored hexagonal machine screws for the equipment grounding conductor or connections.

iv. Contacts of the receptacles, including the grounding contact, shall be double-grip bronze type with spring steel backup clips so that both sides of each male prong of the plug will be in firm contact.

v. Provide receptacles with self-grounding clip or mounting strap screws.

Page 70: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 252 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

vi. Ground fault circuit interrupter duplex receptacles shall be 240 volt, 60 Hz, 20 ampere with built-in test, reset buttons, and ground fault tripped indication. They shall interrupt the circuit within 1/30 second on a five milli-ampere earth leakage current. They shall be designed for end of run installation or with provisions for feeding through to protect other outlets on the circuit. Maximum circuit capacity for the latter shall be 20 amperes. The receptacles shall be furnished with necessary wire connectors, clips, mounting screws, and instructions. In public areas and trainways, provide ground fault circuit interrupter type duplex receptacles for branch circuits.

12.1.2.12 Cover Plates

a. Provide cover plates for each switch, receptacle, and special purpose outlet.

b. Provide multi-gang plates for multi-gang boxes,

c. Provide cover plates conforming to UL 514A.

d. Provide cover plates or brushed stainless steel in ancillary spaces, mechanical rooms, fan rooms, electrical closets, AC switchboard rooms, traction power substations, and unfinished areas.

e. For special purpose outlets commercially produced using special material, configuration and size, provide plates of brushed stainless steel and of a design for the particular application.

f. Provide stainless steel cover plates of 1.0mm thickness for flush devices.

g. Provide cover plates in public areas of die cast copper free aluminum, UL listed for wet locations and self-closing spring door.

12.1.2.13 Disconnecting Devices

a. Safety Switch Type Disconnecting Devices:

Provide safety switch disconnecting devices, enclosed, conforming to IEEE C37.35.

b. Heavy-duty Safety Switches (600Vac):

i. Provide heavy-duty safety switches having electrical characteristics ratings, and accessories as indicated.

ii. Provide switches with NEMA 12 industrial duty enclosures, and with metal nameplates, front cover mounted, containing a permanent record of switch type, catalog number, and hp ratings.

iii. Provide handle with visible blades; reinforced fuse clips: non-teasible. positive, quick-make quick-break mechanism; and padlockable in the OFF and ON positions.

iv. Provide switches meeting NEMA KS 1 requirements.

12.1.2.14 Individual Control Relays

Control relays shall have convertible contacts rated a minimum of ten amperes, 600 volts. Verify coil voltage, and number and type of contacts: Furnish in NEMA 1 enclosures, unless otherwise indicated.

Page 71: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 253 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.1.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.1.3.1 Installation General

12.1.3.2 Conduits and Fittings

a. Electrical Conduit -Installation Requirements: b. Nonmetallic Conduit: c. Pull Cords: d. Filling of Openings:

12.1.3.3 Inserts

a. Channel Inserts: b. Spot Inserts: c. Test:

12.1.3.4 Surface Metal Railways

12.1.3.5 Outlet Junction and Pull Boxes

a. Outlet Boxes: b. Junction and Pull Boxes: c. Boxes Set in Concrete:

12.1.3.6 Cable Trays

12.1.3.7 Under floor duct and Fitting

12.1.3.8 Wiring

a. General: b. Cable Supports: c. Splices and Terminations:

12.1.3.9 Wiring Devices

Page 72: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 254 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.2 MOTORS

12.2.1 General

12.2.1.1 Description

This Section includes specification for furnishing, installing, connecting, and testing electrical motors.

12.2.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI Z55.l- 1967 Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment

b. American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM):

ASTM A582 Specification for Free Machining Stainless and Heat Resisting Steel Bars, Hot-Rolled or Cold-Finished

c. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE):

IEEE 85 Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electrical Machinery

d. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

NEMA MG1 Motors and Generators

e. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

f. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineer of the Philippines Electrical Philippines Code (PEC)

12.2.1.3 Submittals

a. General

Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Detailed Design Drawings and Shop Drawings

Submit electrical diagrams of wiring, circuits, switches, and control panels.

c. Specifications and Products Data

Submit Specifications and manufacturer's literature and descriptions of electrical motors.

d. Test Reports

Submit certified test report of factory tests performed on each motor, in accordance with NEMA MG 1.

e. Operation and Maintenance Data

Submit Operating and Maintenance Data, which shall include the following:

i. Description of motor and its components.

ii. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions, parts list, illustrations, and diagram for components,

iii. Recommended list of spare parts.

iv. Wiring diagram.

Page 73: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 255 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

v. Speed-torque curve.

vi. Outline and base dimensions,

f. Field Test Reports

Submit test results of field performance tests.

12.2.2 Products

12.2.2.1 Equipment, Appurtenances, and Accessories

a. Motor

NEMA MG1, squirrel cage induction type, unless otherwise indicated. Provide nameplate on each motor in accordance with NEMA MG1, Section 10.37.

b. Rating

c. Horsepower (hp): as per Contractor’s design.

i. Voltage and Frequency:

a. 1/2-hp and less: 230 volt, single phase, 60 hertz supply.

b. 3/4-hp and above: 220 volt, three phase, 60 hertz supply, unless otherwise indicated.

c. larger sizes as designated on the drawings; 460 volt, three phase, 60 Hz supply.

ii. Speed and Number of Poles: As per Contractor’s design.

iii. Time Rating

Continuous, unless otherwise indicated.

iv. Operation

Suitable for operation at variation of frequency and voltage of plus or minus ten percent of rating without damage.

d. Design Letters

i. Single Phase Motors

Design B, unless otherwise indicated, with the following additional requirements:

a. Up to and including 5hp motors: Suitable for full voltage across-the-line starting.

e. Service Factor

i. Up to and including 1hp motor: NEMA MG1, Section 12.47.

ii. Above 1hp and up to and including 200hp motors: 1.15.

iii. Above 200hp motors: 1.0.

f. Insulation

Class B for operation in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C. Epoxy encapsulated except for fractional horsepower motors, hermetically sealed and semi hermetically sealed compressor motors.

g. Noise Level

NEMA MG1, Section 12.49.

Page 74: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 256 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

h. Energy Consumption

Motor winding shall be designed as energy saver and shall require full load current of 15 percent less than the standard design motor.

i. Enclosure

Drip-proof fully-guarded or totally-enclosed fan-cooled guarded as indicated, with the following additional requirements:

i. Heavy-duty steel or cast iron frame with cast iron end brackets.

ii. Mounting

a. Foot-mounted on pad or adjustable pad as required or otherwise indicated.

iii. Provision for grounding.

iv. Finish

a. Red oxide zinc chromate primer with finish coat of ANSI Z55.1- 1967, Color No. 61 enamel.

v. Drain

Provide drain plug for condensate drainage.

vi Enclosures for motors installed in hazardous areas shall be of group and class approved for the type of hazard in which they are located.

j. Conduit Box

Cast iron diagonally split type, suitably gasketed, with the following additional requirements:

i. Size suitable to accommodate the motor leads, line leads and connections to heaters, including taping, but not less than required in NEMA MG 1.

ii. Rotatable in any of the four 90 degree positions.

iii. Threaded conduit holes.

k. Bearings: 15 years average life, but not less than three years at continuous operations, with double shield and the following additional requirements:

i. Up to and including 5hp Motors: Sealed ball or roller bearings, unless otherwise indicated.

ii. Above 5hp and up to 200hp Motors: Ball or roller bearings with grease fittings and minimum pressure-relief fittings for in-service lubrication.

iii. Compressor and Vertical Pump Motors: As indicated or required.

l. Motors for Hermetically Sealed and Semi hermetical Sealed Compressors: NEMA MG 1, Section 18.076 through 18.093.

m. Motors for Close-Coupled Pumps: Stainless steel shaft in accordance with ASTM A582, Type 303.

n. Heaters: Provide as indicated and wired to the conduit box.

12.2.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the MOTORS, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

Page 75: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 257 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.2.3.1 Installation

12.2.3.2 Field Quality Control

Page 76: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 258 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.3 WIRES AND CABLES

12.3.1 General

12.3.1.1 Description

a. This Section includes specifications for furnishing and installing wires and cables as per Contractor’s design.

b. Interface and coordinate the work of this Section with Section 12.1, Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.

12.3.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI MC96.1 Temperature Measurement Thermocouples

b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM B3 Specification Copper Wire

c. Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc., (ICEA): d. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE):

IEEE 48 Test Procedures and Requirements for High Voltage Cable Terminations

IEEE 383 Type Test of Class IE Electrical Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power Generating Stations

e. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

NEMA WC5 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy

f. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)

g. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines; Philippine Electrical Code (PEC).

h. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):

UL 62 Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire

12.3.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Before installation of wire and cable, submit the following information for each type and size of wire and cable for review:

i. Manufacturer of wire and cable, and certificate of compliance.

ii. Number and size of strands composing each conductor.

iii. Conductor insulation composition type per NEC and thickness in mils.

iv. Average overall diameter of finished wire and cable.

v. Minimum insulation resistance in mega ohms per 300 m at 30 degrees C ambient.

vi. Jacket composition and thickness in mils.

Page 77: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 259 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

vii. Total number of conductors per cable.

viii. Shield material (if any) and thickness.

ix. Conductor resistance and reactance in ohms per 300 m at 25 degrees C ambient.

x. Conductor capacity at 30 degrees C ambient for 600 volt wire and cable, 20 degrees C ambient earth temperature, 100 percent load factor and conductor temperature of 90 degrees C for wire and cable rated 2000 to 5000 volts.

12.3.2 Products

12.3.2.1 Wire and Cable

a. Conductor Material

ICEA stranded or solid, copper meeting requirements of ASTM B3, soft drawn.

b. Insulation Rating: 600 volts. c. Conductor Type

1 Size 3 .5 mm2 and Smaller: Solid conductor.

2 Size 5.5 mm2 and Larger: Class B stranded.

12.3.2.2 600 Volt Single Conductor Cable

a. Size 2.0 mm2 and Larger

NFPA 70, Type THHN, thermoplastic insulated in accordance with NEMA WC 5.

b. Size 60.0 mm2 and Larger

NFPA 70, Type THHN, thermoplastic insulated in accordance with NEMA WC 5.

c. Temperature Rating

Temperature ratings of cables shall be not less than 90 degrees C.

d. Fire-Retardant Properties

Power cable for emergency fans and related equipment and emergency lighting cables shall pass the flame propagating criteria of IEEE 383 and shall have a minimum circuit time of the five minutes in the flame test of IEEE 383. Type test certificate is required with every shipment of cables.

e. Jackets

Cables shall be jacketed over the insulation, except cables used for lighting, and shall be suitable for installation in cable tray.

f. Insulation Rating: 600 volts.

12.3.2.3 Multiple Conductor Cable

a. Provide multiple conductor cable conforming to NEMA WC 5, approved for use in cable tray, with the following additional requirements:

i. Number of Insulated Conductors: As indicated. ii. Provide multiple conductor cable for all power applications, except

receptacles when installed in cable tray for sizes up to 100mm2, as indicated.

Page 78: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 260 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

iii. Insulation: As specified above for single conductor cable. iv. Overall Covering: Thermosetting neoprene jacket. v. Multiple conductor for control wire shall be minimum of 2.0mm2

stranded copper. vi. Insulation Rating: 600 volts.

12.3.2.4 Fixture Wire

a. Provide fixture wire conforming to UL 62 and the following additional requirements:

i. Type

SF-2 silicone rubber insulated.

ii. Conductor

Stranded copper conductor 1.5mm2 or larger as indicated.

12.3.2.5 Bare Conductor

ASTM B3, Class B stranded, annealed son-drawn copper conductor, unless otherwise indicated, size as indicated. Bare conductor shall be used for ground wire only.

12.3.2.6 Color Coding of Conductors (600V)

a. Color code of multiple conductors, 120Vac control cables shall conform to NEMA WC 5, or as indicated.

b. Color code supply cables and branch circuit conductors throughout the secondary alternating current wiring system as follows:

CONDUCTOR 240/120 VOLTS 480/277 VOLTS

A Black Brown

B Red Orange

C Blue Yellow

Neutral White White

Ground Green Green

c. Branch circuit phase conductors 5.5mm2 and smaller and all neutral and equipment conductors shall be solid color insulation or solid color coating.

d. Phase conductor having colored tracers shall have background color other than white or green.

e. Solid color coatings and tracers shall have a strongly adherent paint or dye not injurious to the insulation and which will not be obliterated by pulling into a conduit or raceway.

f. On-site coloring of ends of conductor may be permitted by the Engineer upon receipt of satisfactory evidence that the Contractor is unable to order color coded wire and cable as specified. Provide certification from the cable manufacturer that paint or dye proposed for field application is non injurious to the insulation.

12.3.2.7 Cables Supports and Fastener

Design for use with channel insert. Conform NFPA 70.

12.3.2.8 Conductors Bundling Straps

Page 79: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 261 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

a. Provide conductor bundling straps forl11ed from self-extinguishing nylon having a temperature range of minus 18 degree C to plus 120 degrees C.

b. Equip each strap with a locking hub or head with a stainless steel locking barb on one end and a taper on the other end.

c. Wire and cable ties for installation outdoors and in exposed location shall be ultraviolet-resistant nylon material.

12.3.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the WIRES AND CABLES, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.3.3.1 Installation

12.3.3.2 Identification

12.3.3.3 Field Quality Control

Page 80: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 262 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.4 480-VOLT SWITCHBOARD

NOT USED ITEMS

Page 81: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 263 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.5 GROUNDING AND BONDING

12.5.1 General

12.5.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, connecting, and testing system and equipment grounding and bonding as per Contractor’s design.

12.5.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM B3 Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire

ASTM B 187 Specification for Copper Bus Bar, Rod, and Shapes

b. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 60 National Electrical Code (NEC)

c. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):

UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment.

d. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers Philippines Electrical Code.

12.5.1.3 Submittals

a. Refers to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit detailed design drawings/shop drawings showing locations of ground rods, grounding connections, locations of embedded and buried grounding conductors, and locations of stub-outs and pigtails for future connections to the grounding system by others. Drawings shall also indicate locations of test points to measure grounding resistance.

c. Submit manufacturer's product data of specified, manufactured materials.

d. Submit copies of certified test reports of grounding resistance tests including method of measurement.

12.5.2 Products

12.5.2.1 Equipment and Materials

a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment

Conform to UL 467 and the additional requirements specified herein.

b. Ground Rods

Medium carbon steel core, copper-clad by the molten weld casting process; size of 20mm in diameter by 3 meters long or as designed, UL listed.

c. Bared Conductors

ASTM B3, Class B stranded, annealed copper conductor, unless otherwise indicated, size to be designed.

d. Bus Bar

ASTM B 187, 98 percent conductivity copper, size to be designed.

e. Single Conductor Insulated Wire: Refer to Section 12.3, Wires and Cables. Use insulated ground wire for grounding communication systems only.

Page 82: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 264 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

f. Terminal Lugs

Refer to Section 12.1, Basic Electrical Materials and Methods.

G. Jumpers

Tin-plated copper, braided, flexible jumper.

12.5.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the GROUNDING AND BONDING, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.5.3.1 Installation of Grounding System

a. Ground Connections:

b. Ground Rods

c. Grounding Requirements

12.5.3.2 Field Quality Control

Page 83: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 265 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.6 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS

12.6.1 General

12.6.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, connecting, and testing dry-type transformers as indicated.

12.6.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI Z55.1-67 Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment

b. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

NEMA ST 20 Dry-Type Transformers for General Applications

c. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)

d. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers Philippines Electrical Code.

12.6.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittals requirements and procedures.

b. Submit manufacturer's product data of transformers for review.

c. Submit maintenance data and operating instructions. Include the following:

1. Description of the equipment and its components. 2. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions, parts list,

illustrations, and diagram of components. 3. Recommended list of spare parts. 4. Wiring diagram.

d. Submit certified field test reports.

12.6.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. Select a transformer manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the manufacturer of equipment and facilities similar to LRT Line 2 rail applications.

b. Conform to NEMA ST 20 and NFPA 70 as applicable.

c. Equipment of the same type, size, rating, functional characteristics, and make shall be interchangeable.

12.6.1.5 Delivery, Storage and Handling

12.6.2 Products

12.6.2.1 Equipment, Appurtenances and Accessories

a. Dry-Type Transformers: Provide two-winding, Class H transformer with full capacity taps on the high voltage winding in accordance with NEMA ST 20. Autotransformer type is not acceptable.

b. Terminals

Page 84: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 266 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Terminals of transformer windings shall be extended from the coil for external connection. Proper terminal identification shall be provided.

c. Noise Level

Noise level shall not exceed the following values when measured in accordance with NEMA ST 20:

1-9 kVA : 40dBA

10-50 kVA : 45dBA

51-75 kVA : 50dBA

d. Enclosures:

1. For Dry and Dust-free Indoor Location: NEMA 1 with ventilated screen.

2. For Damp or Dusty Indoor Location: NEMA 12, totally enclosed.

e. Finish

Metallic surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned, degreased, primed with an approved galvanized primer, and finished with ANSI Z55.1-67 enamel, Color No. 61.

f. Nameplate

Provide 65 mm wide laminated plastic, attached with stainless steel rivets or permanent adhesive, showing transformer number in 12 mm white cut-in letters on black background.

12.6.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.6.3.1 Installation

12.6.3.2 Field Test

Page 85: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 267 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND PANELBOARDS

12.7.1 General

12.7.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, connecting, and testing of circuit breakers, panel boards, and load centers as per Contractor’s design.

12.7.1.2 Reference Standard

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI Z55.1-67 Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment

b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM B 187 Specification for Copper Bus Bar, Rod, and Shapes

c. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

NEMA AB 1 Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Molded Case Switches

d. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)

e Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers Philippines Electrical Code. f. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):

UL 50 Cabinets and Boxes

UL 67 Panel boards

12.7.1.3 Submittals

a. General

Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specification, Products Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Product Data

Submit manufacturers' product data for specified equipment and materials. Include the following information for each item:

i Manufacturer's model number or item identification. ii UL listing and rating. iii Critical dimensions and mounting arrangement: iv Replacement parts list.

c. Detailed Design Drawings and Shop Drawings

Submit detailed design drawings and shop drawings and electrical diagrams as follows:

i. Enclosure

Drawings showing materials and methods of construction, door arrangement, conduit hub and knockout locations, and identification of intended panel-board or load center.

2. Circuit Breakers

Page 86: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 268 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Drawings showing circuit for which intended, voltage ratings, insulation level, current rating, and interrupting ratings.

3. Panel boards and Load Centers

Drawings showing base material, general arrangement, location, and identification of each circuit breaker and the circuit breaker information specified above, location and identification of terminals, location of barriers, applicable UL 67 Tables A through F information, wiring diagrams, and identification of the enclosure for which intended.

d. Test Reports

Submit copies of certified reports of factory and field tests performed in accordance with the applicable referenced standards and specification requirements.

12.7.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. Select a manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the manufacture of similar equipment and has met UL requirements.

b. Conform to NEMA AB 1 and NEMA PB 1, NFPA 70 and PEC, as applicable.

c. Components of the same type, size, rating, functional characteristics, and make shall be interchangeable.

12.7.1.5 Delivery, Storage and Handling

a. Provide marking on each circuit breaker, panel-board, and load center in accordance with the referenced standard. Each item shall be UL labeled.

12.7.2 Products

12.7.2.1 Equipment

a. Enclosured Circuit Breakers

NEMA AB 1, molded case, quick-make quick-break bolt-on type, with thermal-magnetic type overload trip, interchangeable unit for frame rated 125 amperes and above, with the following parameters as indicated:

i. Number of poles. ii. Rated voltage and continuous current. iii. Rated interrupting current. iv. Trip selling

b. Panelboards and Load Centers: NEMA PB 1, UL 67, with the following additional requirements:

i. Enclosure: UL 50, NEMA 12, fabricated from galvanized steel, surface-mounted unless otherwise indicated, tamper proof, with the following additional requirements:

ii. Gutter size:

Main Bus End Gutter Side Gutter

Rating Amperes Size mm Size mm

225 and below 150 125

400 and over 200 200

iii. Provide interior components mounted on backplate of reinforced steel for rigid support and accurate alignment.

Page 87: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 269 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

iv. Provide device or mechanism for enclosure grounding.

a). Trim

Trim shall be hinged and designed for surface or flush mounting as indicated, and shall contain a hinged door fitted with a combination latch and door lock, accommodating a master key. Provide one flat key tumbler cylinder-type, nickel-plated door lock conforming to the station master key system, two keys per lock. Nameplates or other permanent identification shall be provided for each circuit breaker, which shall mount adjacent to the individual circuit breaker. A directory frame, 215mm x 280mm shall be provided and mounted on the back of the door. Flush mounted types shall be provided, with means to plumb and align the front of the panel with respect to the finished surface. Unless otherwise specified trim finish shall be a metallic surface thoroughly cleaned, digressed, primed with an approved galvanized primer, and then finished with ANSI Z55.1-67 enamel, Color No. 61.

b). Bus Bars

ASTM B187, 98 percent conductivity copper, with silver-plated contact surface, and the following additional requirements:

a. Neutral bus of the same rating as that of phase bus.

b. Main lugs or main circuit breaker of rating as indicated.

c. Provide a grounding bus.

c. Circuit Breakers

Provide circuit breakers conforming with the foregoing specified requirements.

d. Nameplate

Provide nameplate of 65mm wide laminated plastic, attached with stainless steel rivets or permanent adhesive. showing panel-board number in 12mm white cut-in letters on black background.

12.7.3. Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND PANELBOARDS, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.7.3.1 Installation

12.7.3.2. Directory of Circuits

12.7.3.3. Field Quality Control

Page 88: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 270 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.8 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS

12.8.1 General

12.8.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, connecting, and testing motor control centers (MCC) as indicated. .

12.8.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI Z55.1-67 Gray Finishes for Industrial apparatus and Equipment

b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A525 Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM B187 Specification for Copper Bus Bar, Rod, and Shapes

ASTM D2092 Practices for Preparation of Zinc-Coated Galvanized Steel Surfaces for Paint

c. Federal Specifications (FS):

FS TT-C-490 Cleaning Methods for Ferrous Surfaces and Pretreatment for Organic Coatings

d. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

NEMA lCS 2 Standards for Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies

e. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

f. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers Philippines Electrical Code.

g. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):

UL 845 Motor Control Centers

12.8.1.3 Submittals

a. Refers to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit detailed design drawing/shop drawing and electrical diagrams of equipment and layouts.

c. Submit manufacturer's product data of specified materials and equipment.

d. Submit maintenance data and operating instructions including the following:

i. Description of the equipment and its components.

ii. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions, parts list, illustrations, and diagram of components.

iii. Recommended list of spare parts.

iv. Wiring diagram.

Page 89: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 271 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

e. Submit certified test reports of factory and field tests perfol1ned verifying that performance of equipment meets Specification requirements.

12.8.2. Products

12.8.2.1 Motor Control Centers

a. Provide motor control centers conforming to UL 845 and NEMA ICS 2, Class 2, Type B, rated 480 volts, three-phase, three-wire, 60 hertz, totally enclosed, dead front free-standing modular assembly having vertical and horizontal buses, wireways, compartments equipped with circuit breakers and starters as indicated.

b. Provide nameplate on each motor starter and control center in accordance with NEMA ICS 2, showing manufacturer's name and brand designation, the referenced standard, type, class, and rating as applicable.

c. Motor control centers shall include the following appurtenance and accessories:

i. Enclosure

NEMA 12 type enclosure with drip shield, modular assembly allowing a maximum of six size one compartment units in one vertical assembly, without structural interference. Include the following:

a. Provide each unit compartment with individual door having concealed hinges and unit door mechanically interlocked with unit circuit breaker to prevent opening or closing of door when the circuit breaker is in the ON position. Provide defeater to bypass the interblock.

b. Equip circuit breaker in each compartment with mechanism and operating handle for operation at front door. Handle shall be lockable at both ON and OFF positions. Provide method so each unit can be padlocked in the test position with the stabs completely withdrawn from the vertical buses.

c. Provide horizontal wireway with removable cover plate at the top and bottom for wiring between sections, incoming conduit and cable, motors and control wiring. Provide top trough separated by a barrier from the main horizontal bus.

d. Provide vertical wireway, with its own door, adjacent to each vertical section and front accessible.

e. Provide with adequate reinforced steel framework to form a rigid structure with smooth outer surface free from burrs, ridges, and other blemishes.

f. Provide enclosure fabricated from zinc-coated steel sheet conforming to ASTM A525, coating designation G90, minimum thickness of 14 gauge.

g. Provide painted finish for all ferrous and galvanized metal surfaces as follows: ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared for painting in accordance with FS TT-C-409. Galvanized metal surfaces shall be prepared for painting in accordance with ASTM D2092. After pretreatment, surfaces shall be prime-painted with an approved corrosion-inhibitive metal primer for ferrous or galvanized surfaces, as applicable. Finish coat shall

Page 90: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 272 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

be a heavy-duty enamel meeting requirements of ANSI Z55. 1, Color No. 61 gray.

ii. Horizontal and Vertical Buses

Provide main horizontal buses at the top or center of the structure.

a. Provide vertical buses for feeding power to each compartment in each vertical assembly and securely bolted to the main buses. Buses shall meet the following requirements:

b. Bus bar shall conform to ASTM B187, 98 percent conductivity copper, tin-plated, fully insulated by extracted sleeve or wound tape.

c. Each horizontal and vertical bus shall be rated for a minimum of 600 and 300 amperes respectively, unless the particular section requires higher rating at vertical buses due to the arrangement of the horizontal buses. Both vertical and horizontal buses shall have current density not to exceed 1000 amperes per square inch unless otherwise indicated.

d. Each bus shall be rigidly held by bus supports which have high dielectric qualities, are moisture-resistant, non-carbonizing, non-tracking, and have vertical creep age surfaces to prevent faults due to build-up of conductive dirt.

e. Both horizontal and vertical buses shall be completely isolated with bus support molding, both between phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground. Cutouts at the molding for plug-in unit stabs shall be equipped with shutter cover when the unit is in the draw-out position, to avoid accidental contact with the vertical buses.

f. Bus assembly shall be braced to withstand short-circuit rating as indicated but not less than 42,000 symmetrical amperes (rms).

iii. Ground Bus

Provide continuous bare copper ground bus, 6mm by 50mm in cross-section, provided throughout the length of the control center.

iv. Compartments

Compartments arrangement shall be in accordance with the MCC schedules and configurations indicated for the purpose of standardizing compartment numbers at all passenger stations. Provide spaces, if any, at the lowest portion of each section and assign a continued compartment number from the schedule.

a. Each section shall be designed such that each compartment can be easily modified to accommodate any standardized draw-out unit. Provide steel isolation barrier between units with rigid connection to form an effective grounding path to the steel structure.

b. Provide unit guides in unit compartment for aligning starter stabs.

v. Draw-out Units

Page 91: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 273 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Components in each draw-out unit shall be the manufacturer's standard products and readily available for repair and maintenance.

a. Circuit Breaker:

i) Provide a 480-volt three-pole circuit breaker for each unit compartment in accordance with the requirements indicated. Line side of circuit breaker shall have tin-plated stab assembly for connecting to the vertical buses in unit compartment.

ii) In general, circuit breaker compartment, either main or branch breaker, shall be a molded case, thermal-magnetic type, with an interrupting capacity as indicated but not less than 25,000 amperes at 480 Vac or 10,000 amperes at 120 Vac. Provide shunt trip attachment where indicated in the MCC schedules. Each breaker shall be equipped with auxiliary contacts for remote monitoring.

iii) Breakers for a combination starter, NEMA size 4 and smaller. shall be a motor circuit protector type and equipped with current I il1liter. Combination starter size 5 and 6 shall be reduced voltage autotransformer type.

b. Motor Starter

Provide NEMA ICS 2 motor starter. Motor starters shall be a combination type, full voltage single speed, with nonreversible or reversible operation. Contact rating shall be 480 Vac or 120 Vac as indicated in the motor control center schedules. Motor starter size shall be as indicated, not smaller than size 1 for 480 V and size 0 for 120 V.

i) Motor starter unit shall be equipped with control transformer, 480 V primary and 120 Vac secondary. with one fuse at the secondary side. The other wire of the secondary shall be effectively grounded to the frame of the draw-out unit. Trip-free manual reset thermal overload relay, one per phase, shall be wired in the starter.

ii) Provide melting alloy or ambient compensated bimetallic overload relays.

iii) Provide all overload heaters sized for motor running protection according to the requirements of NFPA 70 and PEC.

iv) Provide two NO and two NC auxiliary contacts with provision for future addition of two NC or NO contacts. Auxiliary contacts shall be convertible.

v) Motors larger than 50 horsepower shall incorporate auto-transfer reduced voltage starting.

c. Unit Device Panel

Provide a device panel assembly, visible from the front of unit door, with switches and pilot lights as indicated in the schematic diagrams and motor control center schedules.

Page 92: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 274 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Devices shall be in accordance with Section 16945, Electrical Controls and Instrumentation. The device panel may be hinged to the unit allowing the door to dispense with hinged wiring.

d. Terminal Blocks

Each unit shall be equipped with a pull-apart type terminal block and arranged such that control wiring shall be de-energized when the unit is drawn out from the compartment.

e. Control Wiring

i) Each compartment shall be factory wired to the terminal block and/or to other compartments in the same line-up. Control wires shall be a minimum of 1.5mm2, stranded, thermoplastic insulated wire, rated 105 degrees C.

ii) Interconnection wiring between compartments shall be a minimum of 2.0mm2, type SIS. Interconnected to any compartment in the same line-up, even though such compartment may not be connected to the horizontal or vertical bus.

iii) Power cable shall be of the same type and rating, black color, and with capacity compatible with the starter or breaker rating.

f. Relay Compartment

Provide draw-out type relay compartment without stabs. Relays and wiring devices shall be as indicated. Each relay compartments and 120 V circuit breaker compartment shall be clearly labeled at the draw-out unit and shall indicate location of power supply.

g. Nameplates

Provide laminated plastic nameplates attached by stainless steel rivets or permanent adhesive, with the following additional requirements.

i) Label each motor control center with a 100mm wide nameplate showing its function in 65mm high white cut-in letters on black background.

ii) Label each compartment with a 50mm name plate showing function and number of the motor controlled in 12mm high white cut-in letters on black background, with a maximum of three lines.

12.8.2.2 Source Quality Control

a. Perform factory tests as required to verify proper performance of the equipment. The Engineer may witness the tests.

b. Motor control center section assigned for emergency fans, under-platform exhaust fans, and station ventilation fans shall perform a partial seismic test (circuit continuity relay) conforming to NEMA ICS 2.

Page 93: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 275 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.8.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.8.3.1 Installation

12.8.3.2. Field Quality Control

Page 94: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 276 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.9 MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTACTORS

12.9.1 General

12.9.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, connecting, and testing of individual motor starters and contactors as per Contractor’s design.

12.9.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI Z55.1-67 Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment

b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A47 Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings

ASTM A525 Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process

ASTM D2092 Practices for Preparation of Zinc-Coated Galvanized Steel Surfaces for Paint

c. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

NEMA ICS 2 Standards for Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies

d. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)

e. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines, Philippine Electrical Code (PEC).

12.9.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Detailed Design Drawing, Shop Drawings, Specification, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit Detailed design drawings/shop drawings and electrical diagrams.

c. Submit manufacturer's product data of specified materials and equipment.

d. Submit maintenance data and operating instructions which shall include the following:

i. Description of the equipment and its components.

2. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance instructions, parts list, illustrations, and diagram of components.

3. Recommended list of spare parts.

4. Wiring diagram.

e. Submit certified test reports of factory and field tests performed verifying that performance of equipment meets Specification requirements.

12.9.2 Products

12.9.2.1 Motor Starter

a. Provide motor starters meeting requirements of NEMA ICS 2, general purpose Class A, and the following additional requirements:

Page 95: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 277 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

i. Rating

Continuous current rating suitable for associated motor as indicated. Provide heater sized for motor running protection in accordance with NFPA 70.

ii. Type

a. Less than 3/4 hp Motor

Starter operable on 230 volts, single phase, 60 hertz supply unless otherwise indicated.

b. 3/4hp and above Motor

Across-the-line magnetic starter operable on 230 volts, three phase, 60 hertz supply or 480 volts three phase, 60 hertz supply, as indicated.

c. Enclosure

a. Type

i) For dry and dust-free indoor location: NEMA 1 with drip shield.

ii) For damp and dusty indoor location: NEMA 12.

iii) For outdoor location: NEMA 3R.

b. Materials

Provide enclosure fabricated from zinc-coated steel sheet conforming to ASTM A525, coating designation G90, minimum thickness of 14 gauge.

c. Finish

Provide painted finish for all ferrous and galvanized metal surfaces as follows: ferrous metal surfaces shall be prepared for painting in accordance with FS TT-C-490. Galvanized metal surfaces shall be prepared for painting in accordance with ASTM D2092. After pretreatment, surfaces shall be prime-painted with an approved corrosion-inhibitive metal primer for ferrous or galvanized surfaces, as applicable. Finish coat shall be a heavy-duty enamel meeting requirements of ANSI Z55.1, Color No. 61 gray.

b. Provide nameplate on each motor starter in accordance with NEMA ICS2, showing manufacturer's name and brand designation, the referenced standard, type, class and rating as applicable.

12.9.2.2 Manual Starters

a. Provide manual starters for fractional hp loads rated at 230Vac, single phase. Manual starters shall have quick-make quick-break toggle mechanism, trip-free manual reset thermal overload relay, position indicator showing ON, OFF, and TRIPPED positions, and red indicating light showing the closed position.

i. Provide NEMA size as indicated, not smaller than size 1 for 480 V and size 0 for 230Vac

Page 96: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 278 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ii. Provide 480 volts primary to 120 volts secondary control transformer with one fuse in the secondary circuit.

iii. Provide two NO and two NC auxiliary contacts with provision for the future addition of two NO or NC contacts as indicated.

iv. Provide indicating lights on each with enclosure as indicated.

b. Provide auxiliary devices meeting the following requirements:

1. Auxiliary devices to be installed at each contactor enclosure shall be standard products of manufacturers and with control diagrams as indicated. Provide heavy duty type relay with contact rating of 20A at 240Vac and able to operate satisfactorily at a temperature of 50 degrees C. Identify relay characteristics, including inrush cement rating, on the Shop Drawing.

2. Terminal blocks used at the contactor shall be mounted in the enclosure. Each terminal block shall be able to accommodate two 2.0 mm2 wires.

3. Control wiring inside the contactor enclosure shall be a minimum of 1.5 mm2, stranded, thermoplastic-insulated wire, rated 105 degrees C, with red color for ac. Power cable shall be of the same type and rating, black color, and with capacity compatible with the contactor or breaker rating.

c. Provide nameplate on each magnetic contactor in accordance with NEMA ICS 2, showing manufacturer's name and brand designation, the referenced standard, type, class, and rating as applicable.

12.9.2.3 Combination Starter

a. Provide combination starter meeting requirements of NEMA lCS 2, rated 480 volts, three or single phase, 60 hertz, and the following additional requirements:

i. Provide one 480-volt, three-pole motor circuit protector type circuit breaker with current limiter, as indicated, with adjustable trip-point.

ii. Provide externally mounted operating handle with position indicator showing ON, OFF, or TRIPPED condition of the circuit breaker or disconnect switch as applicable. Operating handle shall be interlocked for preventing opening and closing of the door when the circuit breaker or disconnect switch is in the ON position. Provide defeater to bypass the interlock.

iii. Provide indicating lights on each unit enclosure as indicated on approved wiring diagrams.

12.9.2.4 Nameplates

Provide plastic laminate nameplates attached by stainless steel rivets or permanent adhesive, meeting the following requirements: label each motor starter and contactor with 50 mm wide nameplate showing function and number of the motor controlled in 12 mm high white cut-in letters on black background, with a maximum of three lines.

12.9.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the MOTOR STARTERS AND CONTACTORS, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

Page 97: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 279 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.9.3.1 Installation

12.9.3.2 Field Quality Control

Page 98: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 280 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.10 CONTROL STATIONS AND PANELS

12.10.1 General

12.10.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for furnishing, installing, connecting, and testing of local control stations and auxiliary control panels. Control panels provided under other sections include:

Section 11.3 - Sump Pump Control

Section 12.11 - Lighting Control

12.10.1.2 Reference Standards

a. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA):

NEMA ICS 2 Standard for Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies

b. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code

c. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines; Philippines Electrical Code (PEC).

12.10.1.3 Submittals

a. General

Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Submit manufacturer's product data for each item as follows:

i. Manufacturer's model number or item identification.

ii. UL listing and rating.

iii. Critical dimensions and mounting arrangement.

iv. Complete replacement parts list.

c. Submit detailed design drawings, shop drawings showing materials and methods of construction, door arrangement, conduit hub and knockout locations, complete internal wiring diagrams, mounting locations and supports for equipment mounted in the panels and cabinets, terminal strip designations and wire numbers.

d. Test Reports

Submit results of electrical continuity, insulation, and ground continuity test performed on installed products.

12.10.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. Select a manufacturer who has been regularly engaged in the manufacturer of similar equipment and has met all UL requirements.

b. Conform to applicable requirements of NFPA 70.

c. Components of the same type, size, rating, functional characteristics and make shall be interchangeable.

Page 99: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 281 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

d. Controls and auxiliary devices shall be tested and certified in accordance with NEMA ICS 2. Certificate of conformance shall be furnished to the Engineer is shipped.

12.10.2 Products

12.10.2.1 Equipment

a. Enclosure

NEMA 12 or as indicated.

b. Auxiliary Devices:

i. Provide devices of heavy duly oil-tight construction. Indicating lights shall be transformer type, 120Vac, 60 Hz, with 50,000 hour lamp life.

ii. Auxiliary devices to be installed at each unit shall be standard products and wired in accordance with control diagrams as indicated. Provide heavy-duty type relay, with a contact rating of 20A at 120Vac or 220Vac, as indicated operating satisfactorily at a temperature of 120 degrees F. Relay characteristics, including inrush current rating, shall be identified on the shop drawings,

iii. Other devices, as indicated.

c. Fabrication

Local control stations and auxiliary control panels shall be fabricated and wired complete as indicated.

d. Terminal Strips

Channel mounted, snap fit terminal blocks for 600 volt service, molded, high impact strength, strap screw type for 0.65 mm2 through 5.5mm2. Terminals shall be at 10 mm centers.

e. Nameplate

Provide nameplates of 65 mm wide laminated plastic, attached by means of stainless steel rivets or permanent adhesive, showing the equipment number, with lettering of 38mm white cut-in letters on black background.

12.10.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the CONTROL STATIONS AND PANELS, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.10.3.1 Installation

12.10.3.2 Testing

Page 100: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 282 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.11 LIGHTING

12.11.1 General

12.11.1.1 Description

This section specifies the requirements for the designing, manufacturing, installing and testing lighting fixtures, fixture mounting hardware, and lamps together with platform edge lighting fixtures for existing stations. Contractor shall up-grade this specifications to the latest edition and then design, manufacture, install and test lighting fixtures, fixture mounting hardware, and lamps together with platform edge lighting fixtures for proposed stations to advanced ENERGY SAVING products.

12.11.1.2 Reference Standards

a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

ANSI C78 Series Incandescent Lamps/Electric Discharge Lamps (Fluorescent Electric Discharge Lamps (Mercury) High Intensity Discharge Lamps/Fluorescent Lamp Auxiliaries

ANSI C81 Series Electric Lamp Bases and Holders

ANSI C82 Series Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts

b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

ASTM A123 Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products

ASTM A167 Specification for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip

ASTM A366 Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality

c. Federal Specifications (FS):

FS TT-P-641 Primer Coating, Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide (for Galvanized Surfaces)

d. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)

e. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers at the Philippines Electrical Code (PEC).

f. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL);

UL 57 Electric Lighting Fixtures

UL 496 Edison-Base Lampholders

UL 542 Lampholders, Starters and Starter Holders for Fluorescent Lamps

UL 773 Plug-In, Locking Type Photo controls for Use with Area Lighting

UL 935 Fluorescent-Lamp Ballasts

UL 1029 High-Intensity-Discharge Lamp Ballasts

12.11.1.3 Submittals

a. General

Page 101: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 283 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Luminaire Manual

Submit light fixture manual which provides documentation indicating fixture construction, photometric performance, installation, and maintenance requirements. Include the following:

i. The Manual shall be completed with cover, title page, and table of contents. The cover and title page shall identify the documents, project, client, Contract name, number and date of issuance. The table of contents shall provide at a glance the overall document scope and structure and, as a minimum, a heading for each fixture type with each grouping prefaced by a "general information" report sheet.

ii. The Manual shall include drawings of sufficient detail to show the following;

a. Fixture housing, hardware, and finishes.

b. Light controlling elements.

c. Electrical components, including lamp-holders, ballast, and provision for conduit entry.

d. Support details including foundation. Indicate weight of fixture, complete with lamps.

iii. Include procedures for the installation of the complete lighting unit in its final service location. Provide templates for mounting of light poles. Dimension locations of openings and parts interfacing with remote systems, such as pole bases, mounting hardware, auxiliary electrical equipment, lighting control equipment, and lamps.

iv. Submits operation and maintenance requirements and Data. Including the following:

a Materials and components clearly indicated in the parts list.

b. Revamping methods.

c. Special tools required.

d. Frequency of inspection, tightening or other service recommended for preventative maintenance.

v. Include calculations indicating capability of light poles with light fixtures installed to withstand wind load requirements. Proper 78selection of anchor bolts shall be included in the computation.

c. Test Reports

Submit certified test reports of factory and field tests performed, in accordance with applicable referenced standards and Specification requirements.

d. Samples

Submit for examination and review, one complete fixture or luminaire for each type required in excess of five. Each sample shall become the property of the Employer.

Page 102: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 284 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

e. Platform Edge Lighting

The design of the platform edge lighting is tile responsibility of the Contractor and the final design will become the property of the Employer. All design work shall be submitted to the Engineer i{)r approval together with test sample products.

12.11.1.4 Jobsite Conditions

a. Install new lamps not earlier than 48 hours before the date of final inspection.

b. Install exposed parts of fixtures after construction, painting, and general clean-up in the area have been accomplished.

c. Inspect surfaces and structures to, and on, which products will be installed before the Work of this Section begins, and ensure that they are capable of supporting the products. Surfaces which will be concealed by products shall be finished before products are installed.

12.11.2 Products

12.11.2.1 Lighting Fixtures

a. General

i. Provide lighting fixtures, complete and ready for service, in accordance with UL 57 of the number type material, finish electrical components and characteristics, and with the necessary hardware and auxiliary equipment, as indicated. Light fixtures provided for raceways shall be UL listed.

ii. Mark fixtures clearly with manufacturer's name and catalog number, voltage, acceptable lamp type, maximum wattage, and label for intended use.

iii. Fixtures shall be UL listed for the location and application indicated. All platform and concourse areas light fixtures shall be considered to be exterior type.

iv. The lighting fixture schedule of fixtures shall be designed by Contractor. The detailed design drawings shall show type, wattage, and a representative manufacturer’s catalog number shall be used as the primary guide to fixture submittal. The Engineer shall resolve any conflict between the schedules and this Section.

b. Materials

i. Thickness, gages, and tempers of products shall be designed, and as recommended by the manufacturer, for the specific finish, proper forming operations and structural requirements.

ii. Reflector material shall be refinished aluminum, minimum thickness 0.8 mm, Architectural Type 1 with Class M1 anodic coating providing 83 percent reflectivity.

iii. Acrylic for lenses and diffuses shall be manufactured from virgin-acrylic extrusion or injection molding pellets.

iv. Polycarbonate for lenses shall be manufactured from resin designed for use with HID lamps.

v. Glass for lenses shall be of tempered borosilicate rolled glass, minimum 3 mm thick.

Page 103: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 285 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

vi. Stainless steel shall be Type 316 conforming to ASTM A167.

c. Finishes

i. Provide lighting fixtures completely factory-finished in custom colors and in accordance with the finish, color coordination schedule.

ii. Commence no finishing operations until fabrication and forming operations have been completed.

iii. Aluminum to be anodized shall be given the Aluminum Association's Architectural Class 1 anodic coating.

a. Anodize aluminum in accordance with procedures established by alloy manufacturer to achieve color within specified range.

b. Apply a clear organic protective coating to exposed aluminum surfaces that may experience prolonged contact with caustic material such as concrete and plaster.

iv. Minimum cleaning of metal before painting shall be a five-stage phosphatizing system consisting of alkali cleaner, hot water rinse, zinc phosphatizing solution with toner, water rinse at room temperature, and chromic acid rinse for neutralizing,

v. Reflective surfaces not specified to be specular shall be gloss white, guaranteed non-yellowing, with a reflectance rating of not less than 88 percent.

vi. Provide galvanize coating, where indicated, pretreat the surface with a spray of zinc chromate-vinyl butyryl was primer at least 0.05 mil thick; apply an 80 percent zinc dust, 20 percent zinc oxide, alkyd resin primer conforming to FS TT-P-631; and then apply a single-component, Type II, modified acrylic top coat.

d. Electrical Components

i. Lamp-holders

a. Provide lamp-holders and sockets in accordance with ANSI C78 and C81 and of the class and style recommended by the lamp manufacturer for the specific lamp required for each fixture design and rated for the volts and wattage as designed by Contractor.

b. Fasten lamp-holders and sockets rigidly and securely to the mounting surface with the necessary provisions to prevent lamp-holder from turning and to be front removable without dismantling any part of the fixture.

c. Locate lamp-holders and sockets correctly in the lighting fixtures to place each specified lamp in proper position with relation to the fixture design. Clearly mark lamp-holders and sockets to indicate manufacturer, lamp type, voltage, and appropriate listings.

d. Provide incandescent and high intensity discharge lamp-holders of glazed porcelain body with nonferrous metal components of heavy duty design, vibration resistant. Edison-based lamp-holders shall be in accordance with UL 496.

Page 104: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 286 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

i) Provide phenolic body, double contact, bayonet sockets rated 75 watts, 240 volts, for special low wattage incandescent lamps such as the 20-watt T6-1/2.

ii) Provide position oriented mogul base sockets for metal halide lamps that are to be operated in the horizontal position.

iii) Provide a high voltage mogul lampholder, 5 kV pulse rate, 600 volts, for high pressure sodium lamps 250 watts and larger.

e. Provide fluorescent lampholders of white urea, spring loaded with silver-plated contacts of the pedestal or button type, in accordance with UL 542.

i) Rapid start 430 mA lamps shall use medium bipin spring-loaded lampholders of the tombstone or butt configuration.

ii) Miniature fluorescent preheat and circling lamps shall use special lampholders as recommended by the individual lamp manufacturer.

ii. Ballasts

a. Supply ballast with operating characteristics in accordance with the recommendations of the lamp manufacturer. Provide ballast suitable for the line voltage with a minimum 0.9 power factor and a maximum crest current factor of 1.8. The ballast shall provide reliable lamp starting at the minimum temperature indicated below. Provide insulation used in starters and capacitors suitable for operation in the temperature attained. Mount each ballast securely inside the fixture so as to obtain the necessary heat dissipation. High intensity discharge ballast shall comply with UL 1029. Fluorescent ballast shall be performance tested and shall comply with UL 935.

b. Metal halicle lamps, 175 watt size und smaller, shall be operated by a constant wattage autotransformer, CWA type ballast. The ballast shall provide reliable single lamp starting at minimum 10 degrees C and allow plus or minus five percent lamp watts variation of a plus or minus ten percent input voltage variation.

c. Metal halide lamps shall be operated by a lead peaked auto, PLA type ballast. The ballast shall provide reliable single lamp starting at 10 degrees C, and allow plus or minus ten percent lamp watts variation for a plus or minus ten percent input voltage variation.

d. High pressure sodium lamps, 250 watts size and larger, shall be operated by a constant wattage autotransformer, CWA type ballast. The ballast shall provide reliable lamp starting at 10 degrees C, and allow plus or minus five percent lamp watts variation for a plus or minus ten percent input voltage variation.

e. Rapid start, 430 mA, fluorescent lamps shall be in accordance with ANSI C82 and operated by a Class P, 430 mA, 60 hertz

Page 105: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 287 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ballast. The ballast shall provide reliable lamp starting at 10 degrees C for fixtures located at outdoors and 15 degrees C for fixtures located indoors. Ballast shall provide a sound level rating of "A". Lamp voltage variation shall not exceed plus five percent and minus ten percent.

f. Miniature fluorescent preheat and circling lamps shall be operated by preheat/low power factor/220 volt, 60 hertz ballast. The ballast shall provide reliable lamp starting at 15 degree C, and shall be provided with a sound level rating of "A".

g. Ballasts installed inside communication rooms shall be equipped with radio interference filter and third harmonic suppressors.

iii. Fixture Wiring

a. Provide fixture wires of stranded tinned-copper construction, not smaller than 1.5 mm2. Provide insulation of silicone rubber type SF-2, 200 degrees C rated. Mark conductor size, temperature rating, voltage, and manufacturer clearly on the insulation of each conductor.

b. Provide wires between lampholders and associated operating and starting equipment with the same ampacity ratings as leads from the ballast. Wiring within the fixtures shall comply with NFPA 70 and PEC.

c. Tape wires at points of abrasion. Do not permit splices within fixtures other than as required to connect lampholders and ballast. Provide wireways and wiring channels with rounded. Provide wireways and wiring channels with rounded edges or bushed holes wherever conductors pass through. Install insulated bushings at points of entrance and exit of wiring.

iv. Fixture Grounding

Unless otherwise specified, provide the housing of each ballasted lighting fixture with a separate, factory-installed grounding device. The grounding device shall be used for connecting a separate grounding conductor to the fixture housing.

e. Fixture Hardware

i. Latch and release mechanism, hinges, pins, and other retaining parts of fixtures; screws, bolts, or other assembly and mounting parts shall be manufactured of Type 316 stainless steel. Provide springs of heavy duty stainless steel. Provide self-retaining type retaining hardware.

ii. Light transmitting panels shall be held in the frame in a neat, rattle-free manner that will provide proper tolerance for normal expansion and contraction.

iii. Fabricated internal breakers from ASTM A366 sheet steel, zinc-coated after fabrication or finished extruded aluminum.

iv. Gaskets, sealants, and adhesives shall be formed from silicone rubber, or as indicated.

v. Provide bolts, nuts, washers, screws, nails, rivets, and other fastenings, necessary for proper installation or assembly of work.

Page 106: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 288 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

When exposed to the atmosphere, items shall be made of 18-8 stainless steel. Fastenings within the housing shall be hot-dip galvanized steel. Nuts shall have captive externally-footed lockwashers.

vi. Junction boxes suitable for the intended location and wiring requirements shall be provided with four 20 mm threaded and plugged conduit entries.

12.11.2.2 Fixture Mounting Hardware

a. Provide fixtures with brackets, straps, canopies and stems, poles, and miscellaneous hardware suitable for the mounting method specified. Pendant mounted fixtures shall have earthquake resistant swivel mountings.

b. Secure mounting brackets to housing; quantity and spacing as indicated. When exposed to public view, fabricate and finish hardware in material matching the fixture body.

c. Canopies, holders, and similar parts shall be drawn or spun in one piece with a minimum 0.66 mm finished thickness.

d. Tubing used for stems shall be seamless drawn with a minimum of 1.6 mm wall thickness of size and length as indicated. Stems shall be provided for pendant mounted fixtures of length as required for the specified mounting height with swivel hangers or ball aligners as required.

e. Light poles:

i. Provide the type, configuration, and dimensions indicated. The pole shall resist wind loads of 175kph. Furnish poles as indicated with handhole with flush cover and grounding stud, luminaire mounting tenon/bracket, base cover and mounting hardware including anchor both, nuts, washers, and baseplates to permit accurate alignment and installation of pole and luminaire as indicated.

ii. Light pole ladder/steps and safety cable shall be provided on pole higher than 8m.

12.11.2.3 Lamps

a. General: Provide each lighting fixture with the number, type, and wattage of' lamps required as designed. Lamps used in the illuminating system shall be of standard manufacture, readily available, and of the highest efficiency and life consistent with other requirements of the illumination system.

b. Fluorescent Lamps: Output as indicated with cool white color.

c. Metal Halide Lamps: Clear or coated as noted. 175-watt lamps shall be for operating in any burning position. Over 175-walt lamps shall be provided with position oriented mogul base. Photometric characteristics shall provide maximum luminous output while operating in the horizontal position.

d. High Pressure Sodium Lamps: Clear or coated as indicated, suitable for all operating positions.

12.11.2.4 Lighting Control Equipment

a. Lighting control components shall be suitable for the lighting system specified and compatible for interface with other associated devices. Lighting control components shall be rated for continuous service, and shall operate satisfactorily in every respect while the branch circuit power supply voltage to

Page 107: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 289 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

each system is within plus or minus ten percent input voltage variation at 60 hertz. Lighting controls shall be both at line voltage and at low voltage switching, as indicated.

b. Photoelectric Sensor:

i. Conform to UL 773.

ii. Operation in temperature range of 0 degrees C to 60 degrees C.

iii. Dusk-to-dawn operation, with adjustments from 20 to 500 Jux with a five-second time delay to preclude false switching.

iv. Weatherproof and tamper proof.

c. Contactor Panels:

i. NEMA 12 enclosure.

ii. Single coil, electrically operated, magnetically held type. Main contacts shall be power driven to and closed position. Number of poles as indicated, number of auxiliary contacts as indicated.

iii. Contacts and operator shall be fully enclosed by an insulated removable cover. Provisions shall be incorporated for manual operation during inspection and maintenance.

iv. Contacts shall be of silver alloy composition and incorporate wide contact gaps, arc splitting chambers, and arc runners to insure protection against contact deteriorations by arc interruption. Material for all current-carrying parts shall be copper or copper alloy.

v. Control connection shall be clearly marked, clamp type and be suitable for accepting a wire range from 2.0mm2 to 5.5mm2.

vi. Underwriters' Laboratories listed under UL 508 for use with, and fully related for, ballast lighting (electric discharge lamps), tungsten and general use loads. Interrupting capacity shall be minimum 300 percent of rated current at 0.4 to 0.5 power factor, 480 volts, 60 Hz. Contactors requiring derating are unacceptable.

vii. Owner's manual providing installation and operating instructions shall be provided with each contractor pane I.

12.11.2.5 Source Quality Control

a. The lighting fixture to be tested shall be typical of the unit it represents, clean and free from mechanical defects, equipment with the proper fittings and with the lamp of the size and type in the position recommended for service operation.

b. Test UL listed material, equipment, and component in accordance with UL standards. Test material, equipment, and components not covered by UL standards in accordance with nationally recognized standards approved by the Engineer, or indicate those items and materials whose production is periodically inspected by a nationally recognized testing laboratory approved by the Engineer. Provide material, equipment, and components bearing a label tag or certification of such inspection.

c. Perform and report tests for photometric performance in accordance with the approved methods outline by the IES for photometric testing and include data on candlepower distribution, zonal lumens, maximum luminance values, and

Page 108: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 290 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

luminaire efficiency, including complete coefficients of utilization tables to indicate compliance with performance requirements.

d. Test data shall be reported on 215 mm by 280 mm sheets and shall be certified by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory.

12.11.2.6 Standard Fixture

Emergency Trip Station Blue Light

Provide fixtures that are Underwriters Laboratory listed for wet locations and include:

i. Housing and outlet box of glass reinforced (30%) polyester material conforming to UL 94V-0. Polyester housing and box shall be non-fading, permanent gray color, ultraviolet resistant. Nonmetallic fixture shall conform to:

• U.S. Coast Guard Accepted

• U.L. 595

• V.L.57

• U.L. 750EE Component Fixture Fitting (UL File No. E63417)

ii. Blue enclosing globe of heat resistant glass with integral male threads for mounting into housing.

iii. Lamp and ballast with two 13 watt, 120Vac compact, single ended bipin fluorescent. Ballast each lamp separately.

iv. Boxes shall be 4 way tapped for 3/4 inch conduit. Plugs shall be of same polyester material. Provide box with mounting ears.

a. Operator's Access Aisle Fixture

Provide fixture that are Underwriters Laboratory listed for wet locations and include:

i. One piece housing of die cast aluminum with integral cooling fins over the optical chamber and electrical compartments and double thick gussets on the support arm mounting end. Housing shall form a half-cylinder shape with 55 degree front face plane providing a recess to allow a flush single-latch detail. All hardware shall be stainless steel.

ii. Lens frame and cam-latch of die cast aluminum and mate with 1 inch minimum depth around the gasket flange. Provide integral cast hinges with stainless steel pins which allow removal, without tools, from the housing. Cam-latch shall provide positive locking and sealing of the optical chamber.

iii. Clear tempered gloss lens 3/16-inch thick with one piece molded perimeter gasket seal retained by eight stainless steel clips.

iv. Reflector assembly of specular alzak aluminum mounted in an aluminum frame attaching to fixture housing as a one piece module. Reflector module shall be field rotatable in 90 degree increments.

v. Factory pre-wired electrical module components on a single plate with a socket to a quick-disconnect plug and include a wire seal through the barrier wall. Attach module to housing with no-tool hinges and latches, accessible by opening the lens frame only.

Page 109: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 291 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

vi. Support arm shall be one piece extruded aluminum, fully radiussed internal bolt guides top and bottom and circular cut for specified round pole. Provide luminaire to pole attachment by internal draw bolts and include a pole reinforcement plate with wire strain relief

vii. Finish housing, lens frame, latch, and support arm with thermoset polyester powder coat paint in natural aluminum color. Components shall be thoroughly cleaned and primed with protective chromate conversion coating prior to powder coating. Powder coating shall be 2.5 mils nominal thickness.

1. Lamp with clear high pressure sodium lamp and 277Vac ballast, as designed.

12.11.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the LIGHTING, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.11.3.1 Installation of Lighting Fixtures

12.11.3.2. Installation of Ballast

12.11.3.3 Installation of Light Poles

12.11.3.4 Concrete Bases

12.11.3.5 Field Quality Control

Page 110: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 292 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.12 CORROSION CONTROL

12.12.1 General

12.12.1.1 Description

a. The Work specified in this Section includes the detail design, manufacturing, factory testing, delivery, installation and site testing of the equipment and materials to be provided for the system wide corrosion control system.

b. The scope of this Section shall also include baseline stray current survey services performed prior to start of revenue service, as required to produce a documented reference for future investigation.

c. The main items to be furnished and installed are:

i. Stray current collection facilities

ii. Stray current monitoring facilities

iii. Test equipment

12.12.1.2 General Requirements

a. The Work shall meet applicable requirements of Section 12.1.

b. The relevant designs included in the Conceptual Drawing package are shown for reference. Other designs may be submitted for approval by the Engineer during the detail design stage, provided that there is neither cost nor schedule impact on this or other Contracts.

c. The Contractor shall engage a specially consultant, with proven credentials to conduct the Baseline Stray Survey. Arrangements shall be made with local utility companies, as required to support survey activities.

12.12.1.3 Submittals

a. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals: 1.6, Calculations, Calculation, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples: and 1.7, Working Drawings for submittal procedures.

b. Completed drawings shall be submitted for approval in groups containing related information that has to be reviewed simultaneously. Detail equipment design information shall be submitted as a complete package for each item listed in Clause 1.1 C herein.

c. A binding data sheet or equipment-specific specification shall be submitted as part of each equipment design package which shall show electrical characteristics and individual features of that equipment to conform compliance with all applicable Contract requirements. Such documents shall be clearly marked to indicate which features and/or options are to be provided.

d. Submit one copy of each applicable standard.

12.12.2 Products

12.12.2.1 General

a. Furnished products shall meet the applicable requirements of Section 12.1.

12.12.2.2 Stray Current Collection Facilities

a. Stray currents will be collected via the under track collection system. It will comprise selected re-bars of the viaduct beam and rail plinth sections

Page 111: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 293 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

connected together to form electrically continuous segments about 500 meters in length.

b. The Superstructure Contractor will weld together not less than eight (8) 16mm longitudinal rebar’s, for (4) under each trail, or equivalent per beam section and make adequate provisions for connections for the plinth rebar’s. The individual beam sections shall be interconnected via the equivalent number of the plinth rebar’s detailed.

c. Both ends of each single-track collections segment shall be connected to terminals placed in the test stations specified in Clause 12.12.2.3. Suitable copper terminals shall be furnished at the ends of the single-track segments and connected via 120mm² insulated copper cables to the relevant terminals at the test stations.

12.12.2.3 Stray Current Monitoring Facilities

a. Provisions shall be made for system wide monitoring of stray current leakage with periodic testing to be conducted at test stations. The test stations shall be placed about 500 meters apart and shall be collocated with the terminations of the under track collection segments (See Clause 16605.2.2C).

b. The test station shall comprise a metallic box equipped with the test terminals. A 900 x 700 x 350 (D) box will be embedded, about 2.2 meters above ground level, in the reinforced-concrete conduit riser attached to a support pier by the Substructure Contractor, who will also furnish 25mm² insulated copper connections to a reference cell, placed adjacent to the pier, and to a pier rebar. The box will be equipped with a gasketed hinged door and backplate. One meter pigtails will be provided within the box for cables furnished by others.

c. A terminal or bus arrangement shall be attached to the backplate. The arrangement shall be furnished with removable links which shall allow individual undertrack segments to be either electrically interconnected or voltage-tested against the reference cell.

d. Provisions shall be made within each test box for future connections of the undertrack collection segments to the segment wide drainage cable. Space shall be allocated within the test boxes for portable voltage recorders.

12.12.2.4 Test Equipment

a. Stray current investigations will be made by making a series of potential measurements at the stations. Portable recording voltmeters will be used for measuring the difference of potentials between the individual undertrack collection segments and zinc reference cell. In addition, voltage recordings will be made for the relevant pier structure. The negative-to-earth potentials will be recorded at the rectifier substations.

b. The recording charts will be obtained over s 24-hour period on a normal weekday to determine effects during the peak/non-peak operating hours and afford a comparison to the system night time shutdown period. Three (3) portable recording voltmeters shall be furnished to enable simultaneous measurements at several locations.

c. The recording voltmeter shall be quick acting, multi-channel with a minimum of 5 channels arranged for simultaneous recordings and shall be equipped with a built-in rechargeable battery sized for not less than 24-hour operation. A charger designed for 220 V 60 Hz input and a line cord shall be furnished.

Page 112: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 294 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Unless otherwise approved the voltmeter specification shall meet the following requirements;

• DC Voltage Ranges : 0-2mV, 0-20mV, 0-200mV, 0-2V, 0-20V, 0-200V

ㆍ Reading Accuracy : within ≠ 1.5% of full scale on all ranges

ㆍ Sensitivity : 2.5 mega ohms on all ranges

ㆍ Response Time : .5 seconds full scale

ㆍ Chart Speed : switch selectable - .25, .5, 1, 2.5

ㆍ Timing Accuracy : within ≠ 3 min/day

ㆍ Chart Rolls : 5 – color, ink type

ㆍ Case : with weatherproof cover

12.12.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the CORROSION CONTROL, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.12.3.1 Factory Testing

12.12.3.2 Installation

12.12.3.3 Site Testing

12.12.3.4 Baselines Stray Current Survey

Page 113: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 295 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.13 UNINTERRUTIBLE POWER SUPPLY

12.13.1 General

12.13.1.1 Summary

This specification describes a three-phase, on-line continuous duty, solid-state uninterruptible power system (UPS) for existing stations. Accordingly, Contractor shall up-grade this specification to latest edition that advanced product can be adopted for proposed stations. The UPS shall operate in conjunction with the existing building electrical system to provide conditioning, back-up power protection, and power distribution for the critical loads.

12.13.1.2. System Description

a. Modes of Operation: The UPS shall operate as an on-line system in the modes listed below.

i. Normal: The inverter/battery charger shall operate in an on-line manner to continuously regulate the power to the critical load. The inverter/ battery charger shall also derive power from the AC input source and supply DC power to float charge the battery.

ii. Emergency: Upon failure of the AC input source, the critical load shall continue to be supplied by the inverter without any switching. The inverter shall obtain its power from the battery. There shall be no interruption in power to the critical load upon failure or restoration of the AC input source.

iii. Recharge: Upon restoration of the AC input source prior to complete battery discharge, the inverter/battery charger shall simultaneously recharge the battery and regulate the power to the critical load.

iv. Bypass: The static bypass switch shall be used to transfer the critical load to bypass with no interruption in power to the critical load. Automatic retransfer of the load shall be accomplished with no interruption in power to the critical load. The static bypass switch shall be capable of manual operation for partial isolation of UPS system components.

v. Economy: In user-selectable economy mode, the load shall be powered via the static bypass switch. The inverter shall operate in standby and be synchronized to the AC input source. Upon failure of the AC input power source, the unit shall supply power from the battery with no interruption in power to the critical load. The unit shall periodically transfer to normal operation to charge the battery.

b. Future Expansion: The UPS shall be field- upgradable to allow parallel operation with additional UPS modules for increased capacity or for redundant operation. The parallel systems shall be capable of operation on a common DC bus and shall provide proportional load sharing. To provide a true fault tolerant control system, any individual UPS module shall be capable of automatically assuming control of the entire system. UPS modules operating in parallel shall not be required to be of identical power capacity ratings.

12.13.1.3 Standards

a. UL listed under UL1778-Standards for Uninterruptible-Power Supply Equipment.

Page 114: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 296 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

b. UL listed to Canadian Standards Association (CSA) C22.2 No. 107.1 - Standards for Power Supplies.

c. FCC Part 15, Sub-part J, Class A.

d. ANSI C62.41-1991 - IEEE Recommended Practices on Surge Voltages and Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits.

e. ANSI/IEEE C62.45-1987 - IEEE Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits.

f. The UPS shall be designed in accordance with the applicable sections of documents published by the following:

i. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). ii. National Electrical Code (NEC). iii. National Electrical Manufacturing Association (NEMA).

12.13.1.4 Submittals

a. General: Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples for submittal requirements, and procedures.

b. Proposal Submittals:

i. As bid system bill of materials. ii. Product catalog sheets or equipment brochures. iii. Product guide specifications. iv. System single-line operation diagram. v. Installation information, including weights and dimensions. vi. Information about terminal locations for power and control

connections. vii. Drawings for requested optional accessories.

12.13.1.5 Qualifications

Manufacturer Experience: The manufacturer shall have a minimum of 12 years of experience in the design, manufacture, and testing of UPS systems.

a. ISO 9001 Certification: The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 certified.

12.13.1.6 Environmental Requirements

a. Storage Ambient Temperature: 15 to 70 degrees C.

b. Operating Ambient Temperature: 0 to 40 degrees C.

c. Relative Humidity; 0 to 95%, non- condensing.

12.13.2 Products

12.13.2.1 System Configuration

Initially provided as a single module, non-redundant system, the UPS shall be field-upgradable for additional capacity or for redundant operation.

12.13.2.2 System Ratings and Operating Characteristic

a. System Continuous Rating: As required at unity power factor. The system shall support power factor corrected loads without derating the UPS. KVA, KW ratings shall be as indicated on the drawings.

Page 115: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 297 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

b. Battery capacity: The system shall be capable of providing full rated load with 2 hours of battery reserve time, DC bus link of 216 VDC for Depot and above ground passenger stations.

c. Input Voltage Rating: 480Y/277 volts, three-phase, four-wire plus ground.

d. Input Voltage Range: +10%, -15% (default; programmable range ±16%).

e. Input Frequency: 60 Hz ±6% (other levels programmable).

f. Magnetizing Inrush Current: 500% of nominal input current for less than one cycle.

g. Power Walk-In: 0 to l00% over a 10-second period (longer duration programmable).

h. Input Power Factor: 0.82 lagging without correction.

i. Input Current Distortion: 5% THD maximum at full rated load and nominal input voltage without additional harmonic filters.

j. Output Voltage Rating: [220Y/120] volts, three-phase, four-wire plus ground.

k. Output Voltage Regulation (at default parameter settings):

i. ±1% steady state for a static 100% balanced load. ii. ±3% steady state for a static 100% unbalanced load. iii. ±5% within 5 milliseconds for a 0 to 100% load step.

l. Output Voltage Adjustment: ±5%.

m. Output Frequency: 60 Hz ±0,1 Hz free running (battery operation). Mains synchronized on normal operation.

n. Output Power Factor Range: 0.9 leading to 0.4 lagging at rated kVA. The unit's kVA capacity shall not require derating for a 1.0 load power factor.

o. Output Harmonic Distortion:

i. 3% THD maximum and 1% any single harmonic for a 100% linear load.

ii. 5% THD, typical, for a 100% non-linear load (no crest factor limit)

p. Voltage Transient Response:

i. ±3% for a 50% load step. ii. ±5% for a 100% load step.

q. Voltage Transient Recovery Time: ±5% within 5 milliseconds.

r. Phase Displacement:

i. 120 degrees ±1 degree for balanced load. ii. 120 degrees ±1 degree for 50% unbalanced load. iii. 120 degrees ±3 degrees for 100% unbalanced load.

s. Overload Capability:

i. 250% for 60 seconds on normal operation. ii. 150% for 10 minutes on normal operation. iii. 150% for 60 seconds all battery operation. iv. 125% for 10 minutes on battery operation.

t. Short Circuit Withstand: The UPS shall withstand a bolted-fault short circuit on the output without damage to the UPS module.

Page 116: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 298 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

u. AC to AC Efficiency: 93% in normal operation, 95% in user-selectable economy mode, at nominal input voltage with batteries fully charged.

v. Acoustical Noise: 55 dB of noise, typical, measured at 1 meter from the operator surface.

12.13.2.3 Ups Design and Fabrication

a. Mean Time Between Failures: Field-proven minimum of 150,000 hours for critical bus failures.

b. Modular Sub-Assemblies: For case of maintenance and service, the UPS shall have field-replaceable modular sub-assemblies.

c. Materials: All materials comprising the UPS module shall be new, of current manufacture, and shall not have been in prior service except as required during factory testing. The UPS module shall contain no PVCs.

d. Inverter/Battery Charger:

i. The inverter/battery charger shall be a high-speed transistor switch module type and shall be controlled by a pulse-width modulation technique to regulate system output voltage and battery charge current.

ii. Output Current Limit: The inverter shall be capable of supplying overload current of 150% of the system rating for 60 seconds and 125% of the system rating for 10 minutes.

iii. Galvanic Isolation: The inverter/battery charger shall be galvanically isolated from the AC input and the AC output without additional transformers.

iv. Temperature Protection: The inverter/battery charger shall be temperature protected. If the temperature reaches 90 degrees C, the unit shall activate an alarm. If the temperature reaches 100 degrees C, the unit shall activate an alarm and automatically transfer to static bypass operation with no interruption in power to the critical load.

v. Charging Operation Modes:

a. Float Charge: Under nominal operating conditions, the inverter/battery charger shall provide a nominal DC bus voltage (programmable).

b. Equalize charge: the inverter/battery charger shall provide an equalize charge of 2.27 to 2.50 volts per cell (programmable) for a period of 1 to 24 hours (programmable).

c. Automatic Charge Sequence: if the unit is programmed for economy operation, the inverter/battery charger shall charge the batteries for a period of 60 minutes (programmable) for each 1 minute of battery discharge.

d. Timed Charge: If the unit is programmed for economy operation, the inverter/battery charger shall charge the batteries for a period of 1 to 255 hours (programmable) every 1 to 255 days (programmable).

vi. Battery Charger Temperature Compensation:

Page 117: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 299 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

For units with internal batteries, the unit shall monitor the temperature in the battery compartment. To extend battery life, charger voltage shall compensate for changes in battery temperature.

vii. Battery Charge Current Limit: The battery charge current limit shall be limited to 10% of nominal DC discharge current (programmable lower level).

e. Static Switch:

i. The static switch shall be solid state and rated for continuous duty.

ii. Uninterrupted Transfer: The static bypass switch shall automatically cause a bypass source to assume the critical load without interruption after the logic senses one of the following conditions:

a. Inverter overload beyond rating.

b. Battery runtime expired and bypass available.

c. Inverter failure.

d. Battery circuit breaker open.

iii. Automatic Uninterrupted Retransfer: The static bypass switch shall automatically retransfer from bypass to the inverter/battery charger, without interruption, when one of the following conditions occurs:

a. After an instantaneous overload-induced transfer has occurred and the load current has returned to less than 150% of the system rating.

b. The UPS inverter/battery is turned on.

iv. Temperature Protection: The switch shall be temperature protected. If the temperature reaches 90 degrees C, the unit shall activate an alarm. If the temperature reaches 100 degrees C, the unit shall activate an alarm and automatically transfer to battery operation with no interruption in power to the critical load.

v. Main Static Switch: The main static switch shall automatically open to isolate inverter components during battery operation and during static bypass operation. The switch shall automatically return upon retransfer to normal operation.

f. Power Transformer: The dry type transformer shall be constructed with fully isolated copper windings and shall provide galvanic isolation from the AC input source.

12.13.2.4 Battery Plant

a. Battery Type: Sealed valve-regulated battery cells designed for UPS high rate discharge.

b. Expected Battery Life: [10] years.

c. DC Ripple: 1% of DC voltage, 2% of DC current.

d. Low Battery Protection: To prevent total discharge or damage to the battery, the UPS shall transfer to standby operation when the battery voltage reaches a set voltage level (programmable in volts per cell). If the AC input source has not returned within ten minutes after low battery shutdown, the UPS shall electronically disconnect DC power from the battery.

Page 118: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 300 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

e. Battery Monitor: A battery monitor function shall be capable of monitoring and defining battery capacity. It shall be possible to program the unit to perform an automatic battery test every 90 days to test the condition of the battery.

f. Isolation: The battery shall be isolated from the AC input and the AC output.

g. Battery Manufacturing Controls: Each battery cell shall be clearly identified as to cell type, voltage, and capacity. All cells in the battery shall be tested to verily 100% system capacity. The equipment shall be designed and manufactured under a quality assurance program which is controlled and documented by written policies, procedures, or instruction.

h. Battery Cabinet Assembly: A free-standing, NEMA 1 cabinet that complements the appearance of the UPS und is designed to allow for ease of maintenance. The battery cabinet assembly shall include a battery disconnect to provide a positive means of isolating the battery from the rest of the system.

i. Battery Disconnect: For units with external batteries, provide a positive means of isolating the battery from the rest of the system.

j. Pre-charge/Discharge Circuit: A pre-charge/discharge circuit shall supply a means of pre-charging the DC filter capacitors to limit inrush current and means of discharging the DC filter capacitors before maintenance or service.

12.13.2.5 Display and Controls

a. Display Unit: A microprocessor-controlled display unit shall be located at the front of the UPS cabinet. The display unit shall consist of an alphanumeric display, an alarm LED, and a touch key pad. The display language shall be English.

b. UPS Status Messages: The display unit shall display the following UPS status messages:

i. Normal operation, load power xxx%. ii. Battery operation, time xxx minutes. iii. Bypass operation. iv. Standby. v. Economy operation, load power xxx%.

c. Metered Parameters: The display unit shall allow the user to display the following metered parameters:

i. Input AC voltage (line-to-line, three-phase simultaneous). ii. Input AC current (line-to-neutral, three-phase simultaneous). iii. Output AC voltage (line-to-line, three-phase simultaneous). iv. Output AC current (line-to-neutral, three-phase simultaneous). v. Output frequency. vi. Battery voltage. vii. Battery current (charge/discharge). viii. Inverter current.

d. Alarms: The display unit shall allow the user to display a log of all active alarms. The following alarm conditions shall be monitored.

a. Off button pushed. b. Mains is momentarily out of tolerance. c. Mains is out of tolerance. d. Mains frequency is out of tolerance. e. Bypass is momentarily out of tolerance.

Page 119: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 301 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

f. Bypass is out of tolerance. g. Bypass frequency is out of tolerance. h. Synchronization error. i. TSM (transistor switch module, i.e. inverter/battery charger) 1

temperature warning. j. TSM 1 temperature shutdown. k. TSM 2 temperature warning. l. TSM 2 temperature shutdown. m. TSM 3 temperature warning. n. TSM 3 temperature shutdown. o. Inverter fuse blown. p. Fault in internal power supply. q. Fan fault (if fan monitor option is installed). r. RAM1 data error. s. Static switch 1 (i.e. main static switch) temperature warning. t. Static switch 1 temperature shutdown. u. Static switch 2 (i.e. bypass static switch) temperature warning. v. Static switch 2 temperature shutdown. w. High temperature choke. x. High temperature transformer. y. High battery temperature. z. Low DC warning. aa. Low DC shutdown. bb. High DC warning. cc. High DC shutdown. dd. Charge regulation error. ee. Battery monitor warning. ff. Battery monitor alarm. gg. Battery MBC (i.e. external DC disconnect) is off. hh. External service switch activated. ii. High output voltage. jj. Output is momentarily out of tolerance kk. Output is out of tolerance. ll. Output frequency is out of tolerance. mm. Output frequency is out of tolerance. nn. Overload: load is over 100%.

e. Events Log: The display unit shall allow the user to display a time- and date-stamped log of the 250 most recent UPS status and alarm events.

f. Controls: The following controls shall be accomplished with the display unit:

i. Silence an audible alarm. ii. Display or program the time and date. iii. Enable or disable the automatic restart feature. iv. Transfer to or from static bypass operation. v. Transfer to or from forced battery operation. vi. Program the unit for economy operation. vii. Program the battery charger. viii. Calculate battery reserve time. ix. Test battery condition on demand. x. Program the unit to periodically test battery condition. xi. Program voltage and frequency windows. xii. Calibrate metered parameters. xiii. Enable or disable adaptive slew fate. Set maximum slew rate.

Page 120: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 302 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

xiv. Adjust set points for some alarms. ; xv. Program the remote shutdown contact on the optional communication

interface board (enables/disable remote shutdown, polarity, delay). xvi. Set the delay for the common fault contact.

g. UPS On and Off Push Buttons: Momentary UPS "on" and "off" push buttons shall be provided in a user-accessible compartment. Upon activation of the "on" push button, the UPS shall automatically connect the UPS output to the critical load. Upon activation of the "off" push button, the UPS shall remove power from the critical load.

h. Form Dry Contacts:

i. Common fault alarm. ii. Battery operation (30 second delay). iii. Position indicator of DC disconnect switch. iv. Emergency power off (EPO) upon activation of contact closure. v. Emergency power off (EPO) if current loop is interrupted.

12.13.2.6 Additional Requirements

a. Input Transformer: The dry type transformer shall be constructed with fully isolated copper or aluminum windings and shall provide galvanic isolation from the AC input source. It shall perform the required voltage transformation and shall have four 2.5% taps below and two 2.5% taps above the rated voltage. When operating at full load and at the maximum ambient temperature, the hottest spot winding temperature shall not exceed the temperature limit of the transformer insulation class of material. The transformer shall be designed for continuous operation at 125% of full load. The transformer shall be housed in a cabinet that complements the appearance of the UPS.

b. Optional Fan Monitor: The fan monitor shall monitor fan operation. If the monitor detects a possible fan malfunction, an alarm shall activate. This alarm shall be independent of other temperature-related alarms.

c. Communication Interface Board: The communication interface board shall provide the following communication ports, and it shall be possible to use two or more ports simultaneously.

i. RS232 serial port. ii. COM-PORT with the following normally open or normally closed Form

C dry contacts:

a. UPS on. b. Static bypass operation. c. Battery operation. d. Battery low.

d. Remote UPS Monitoring Kits: Remote UPS monitoring shall be possible via a communication interface between an existing computer system and a port on the optional UPS communication interface board.

i. The UPS manufacturer shall have available interface kits to support remote UPS monitoring for the following computer systems:

a. IBM AS/400,

b. Novell Net Ware for PS/2 Mouse Port. c. Novell Net Ware, d. LAN Manager.

Page 121: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 303 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

e. LAN Server. f. Lantastic g. Windows NT. h. Banyan Vines.

ii. The UPS manufacturer shall have available remote UPS monitoring software kits for the following computer systems,

a. UNIX/XENIX and compatibles,

b. SunOS/Salaries,

c. DEC AXP/Open VMS.

d. DEC VAX/VMS,

iii. SNMP Adapter: The Ethernet SNMP adapter shall allow one or more network management systems (NMS) to monitor and manage the UPS in TCP/IP network environments. The management information base (MIB) shall be provided in DOS and UNIX tar formats. The SNMP interface adapter shall be connected to the UPS via the RS232 serial port on the optional communication interface board.

12.13.2.7 Mechanical Design

a. Enclosure: The UPS shall be housed in a free-standing NEMA 1 enclosure. The enclosure shall be designed to blend into a computer room environment. The cabinet shall be equipped for fork truck lifting. The UPS cabinet shall be painted with the manufacturer's standard color. All service access shall be from the front and top. Cable entry shall be from the bottom.

b. Ventilation: The UPS shall be cooled by forced air. External battery systems shall be cooled by free-air ventilation and convection.

12.13.2.8 Tools and Tests Equipment

The provision of tools and test equipment for the UPS shall be in accordance with section 12.14, 12.14.2.1.

12.13.2.9 Spares

The provision of spares for UPS shall be in accordance with section 12.14, 12.14.2.2.

12.13.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the UNINTERRUTIBLE POWER SUPPLY, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.13.3.1 Installation

12.13.3.2 Field Quality Control

a. Visual Inspection: b. Mechanical Inspection: c. Electrical Inspection: d. Site Testing:

12.13.3.3 Training

Page 122: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 304 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.14 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TELECOM. SYSTEM

12.14.1. General

12.14.1.1 Description

a. Scope of Work

i. This performance specification provides for detailed design of telecommunications systems necessary and sufficient to support the Light Rail Transit (LRT) Line 2 Construction Project in Metro Manila. The work shall include the final detailed system design, application engineering, manufacture, installation, system testing, integration testing, commissioning, formal acceptance and transfer of ownership to the Authority. The contractor shall furnish all personnel for project management, engineering, supervision, testing, documentation and other administrative services. The scope of work also includes provisions for diagnostic test equipment, spares provisioning, warranty and training of Authority personnel. .

ii. The work includes the following major items:

a. Stations: Paging speakers, microphones, power amplifiers, CCTV cameras, patch panels, video modulators, optical transmitters, optical receivers, multiplexers, telecommunications UPS, TCs and telephones.

b. Control Centre(s): Paging microphone, audio sources, line amplifiers, station paging control, dispatch radio control, video patch panels, video crossbar, video demodulators, VCRs. monitors, PCs for control of stations paging and CCTV, optical transmitters, optical receivers, multiplexer, EPABX, MDF, batteries, AC/DC rectifier, telecommunications UPS and telephones.

c. Viaduct: Telephone cable, fiber optic cable and weatherproof phones.

d. Depot: Paging speakers, microphones, amplifier, paging control, dispatch radio control, telephone cable and telephones, and CCTV.

e. Trains: Voice/data radio and paging system with microphone and audio sources,

f. Radio: 800 MHz trunked radio repeater base stations, combiners, multicouplers, antennae, tower structure, portable radios and mobile radios,

b. Intent of Contract

i. The contractor shall perform all work in accordance with the plans and specifications as modified by written orders including the furnishing of all materials, implements, machinery, equipment, tools, supplies, transportation, labor, and all other things necessary to satisfactory prosecution and completion of the telecommunications systems work in full compliance with the contract requirements.

ii. The documents composing the contract documents are intended to be complimentary, and to describe the construction and completion of telecommunications work. Anything mentioned in the specifications

Page 123: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 305 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

and not shown on the contract drawing, or shown on the contract drawings and not mentioned in the specifications shall be of like effect as if it is shown or mentioned in both.

iii. Omissions from the drawings or specifications or the mis-description of details of telecommunications work which are manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings and specifications or which are customarily performed shall not relieve the contractor from performing such omitted or undescribed details or work; but they shall be performed as if fully and correctly set forth and described in the drawings and specifications.

12.14.1.2 Design Criteria

a. Products

All products shall be new, free of manufacturing defects, incorporate the latest design version by the manufacturer and be used for the purpose intended by the manufacturer. This requirement also includes diagnostic test equipment, spares provisioning and items used for training.

b. Environmental

All stored, installed and tested electronic equipment shall operate with full performance with the following environmental conditions:

Atmosphere : Hot, tropical, humid, salt laden & industrial pollution

Humidity : 95% maximum, non-condensing

Wind Velocity : 12 km/h normal, 120 km/h typhoon average

Seismic : Ground acceleration of 0.18 g

Indoor Temperature : 16 to 30°C

Outdoor Temperature : 16 to 34°C

UPS Power : 220 VAC Nominal, ±15, -20 VAC, 60 Hz

c. Vibration Criteria for Viaduct, Platforms and Control Centre

All mechanical apparatus, electronic equipment and installation material shall be constructed and installed to remain fully operational when subjected to harmonic motions having an amplitude of 0.1 mm and a total excursion of 0.25 mm with frequency varying from 10 cycles to 55 cycles per second for a period of 30 minutes in each of the orthogonal planes.

d. Communications Equipment Cabinets

At the Control Centre and the passenger stations, the telecommunications control equipment shall be installed in Communications Equipment Cabinets (CECs) to the maximum extent possible to facilitate convenient maintenance and testing. All wire and cabling to field devices such as public address speakers, microphones, CCTV crossbar switcher and other control equipment shall be directly run from the CEC to the field device with the minimal use of intermediate junction and terminal boxes. The particular performance specifications for CEC is in Part Two of this section.

e. Communications Standards

All work for the detailed design, manufacture, factory test, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning of communications systems shall be performed in general accordance with the industry standards and

Page 124: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 306 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

recommendations, unless otherwise prescribed in these performance specifications. The relevant agencies and standards organization are as follows:

Accessibility Law BPB 344 American National Standards Institute (ANSI) British Standards Institute (BSI) Building Telephone Facilities Vol 2, Philippines International Telecommunications Union (lTU) Electronics Industries Association (EIA), U:S.A. Federal Communications Commissions (FCC) International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), U.S.A. National Telecommunications Commission (NTC), Philippines Philippines Electric Code (PEC) Safety Code Vol. I, Philippines

f. Acronyms

Acronyms commonly used in these telecommunications specifications are summarized for convenience in Appendix A or this section, Telecommunications Acronyms. Acronyms used in the specification text will be defined when first introduced or interpreted according to IEEE Recommended Practices

g. Contractor Responsible For Detailed Design

These performance specification shall serve as a guide to the contractor to establish the minimum requirements for the Telecommunications Systems. The contractor is free to exercise his professional judgment and specialized technical expertise to further develop these performance specifications and contract plans into a detailed final design. Based on sound judgment value engineering analysis, technical knowledge and relevant experience, the contractor may propose detailed designs which vary as to configuration, packaging, choice of technologies and system design shown here.

12.14.1.3 Interfaces

a. Telecommunications Work

This specification section provides general technical requirements for telecommunications systems and are common to and are associated with the provisions in the following other telecommunications sections:

14960 Rolling Stock 16720 Master Clock System 16730 Scada 16740 Telephone System 16750 Trunked Radio System 16770 Audio/Paging System 16780 Closed Circuit Television System 16790 Double Ring Fibre Optic Transmission Line 16797 Telecommunications UPS

b. Coordination Requirements

The communications systems elements require significant interface, integration and coordination with other engineering and construction contractors during final detailed design and installation. For each of the major

Page 125: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 307 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

communications elements, the important and necessary coordination requirements are defined as part of these specifications. These interface requirements will include items which are (1) between different communications elements, (2) between communications and other systems elements, and (3) between communications and architectural and infrastructure facilities. For each case, the Telecommunications Contractor is responsible for coordinating his work with the relevant other parties as specified. The specific interface items relating to communications are included in the various other sections which specifics the hardware and software requirements for equipment.

c. General Items of Coordination

i. Stations : Station finishes

Power Supply Fire Alarm Communications Signaling Communications Electrical/Mechanical Systems Management/security personnel

ii. Control Centre : Signaling Communications

Power supply Fire Alarm Communications Space Planning, desktop space Electrical/Mechanical systems Management/security

iii. Viaduct : Emergency Phones

Telecommunications cables

Communications cables (Fiber Optic and Copper) installed on the elevated guide way structure (viaduct) shall be placed in the trough system underneath the emergency walkway.

12.14.1.4 Quality Assurance

a. Warranty of Construction

i. In addition to any other warranties set out elsewhere in this contract, the contractor warrants that work performed under this contract conforms to the contract requirements and is free of any defect of equipment, material or design furnished, or workmanship performed by the contractor or any of his subcontractors or suppliers at any tier. Such warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work, but with respect to any part of the work which the owner takes possession of prior to final acceptance, such warranty shall continue for a period of one year from the date the owner takes possession. In addition, the contractor shall remedy at his own expense any damage to Authority owned or controlled real or personal property, when that damage is the result of the contractor's failure to conform to contract requirements or any such defect or equipment, material, workmanship, or design. The contractor's warranty with respect to work repaired or replaced hereunder will run for one year from the date of such repair or replacement.

Page 126: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 308 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ii. The Authority will give the contractor prompt written notice of any detects or failures following their discovery. The contractor shall commence corrective work within 10 days following notification by the Authority, and shall diligently prosecute such work to completion, provided that the Authority shall have the right to use unsatisfactory materials and equipment until they can be taken out of service without injury to the Authority.

b. Tests and Inspection

i. All telecommunications equipment, installation material and each part or detail of the work shall be subject at all time to inspection by the Authority, their Engineer or other duly authorized representatives, and the contractor will be held strictly to the equipment conformance, workmanship, and the diligent execution of the contract.

ii. Such inspection may include design review, fabrication, manufacture, factory testing, installation on Authority premises, field tests, system-wide commissioning and acceptance tests. The Authority shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the contractor as is required to make a complete and detailed inspection.

c. Removal of Defective Work

i. All work, equipment and materials which do not conform to the requirements of the contract will be considered unacceptable.

ii. Any defective work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective equipment or materials, damage through carelessness or any other cause, found to exist shall be removed and replaced by work, equipment and materials which shall conform to the specifications or shall be remedied otherwise in an acceptable manner authorized by the Authority.

iii. Upon failure on the part of the contractor to comply promptly with any order of the Authority, the Engineer shall have authority to cause defective work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to be removed and to deduct the costs from any monies to become due to the contractor under this contract.

12.14.1.5 Submittals

a. In addition to the requirements of Section 1.4:

i. All required submittal documentation created for this telecommunications work shall be produced using popular commercially available word processing, spreadsheet and CADD software programs and shall be submitted in hardcopy and on DOS 1.44Mb diskette/s. The contractor shall furnish two copies of legal. Licensed Microsoft Windows 3.1 (or higher) compatible version of each software package used to create submittal documents. All submittal tiles on disk shall be furnished in two copies, unless otherwise stated, and be completely compatible with the application software provided.

ii. The furnishing of personal computer (PC) und the Windows GUI/DOS software is not required.

Page 127: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 309 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

iii. The exception to this requirement for computer based submittal shall be pre-existing commercially produced OEM documents such as manufacturer's literature, equipment specifications and standard component level operation & maintenance manuals from sub-suppliers.

iv. All documents and all computer files shall use a unique nomenclature, controlled and recorded in the contractor's configuration management system.

v. Hard copy submittal which are pictorial based documents such as plans, elevations, wiring & cabling plans may be furnished in size A3 or A4 format. Submittal which are primarily text, chart, table and simple graphics such as system description, product specifications, test plans and other shall be furnished in size A4 format only. All hardcopy submittal shall contain a special approval status and signature block and shall be furnished in six copies unless otherwise stated.

b. Project Control and Administration Submittal

In accordance with the project schedule and prior to the start of detailed design, the contractor shall submit the following for the approval of the Authority:

Telecommunications Work Schedule

Quality Assurance Program

Configuration Management Plan

Documentation & PC File Nomenclature Scheme

c. Design Submittal

Prior to the start of manufacture, the contractor shall submit the following for the approval of the Authority:

Design Plans

Rackface Elevations for Communications Equipment Cabinets

Wire and Cabling Diagrams

Product Literature *

Equipment Specifications *

Factory Test Program

* The proposed use of each item of equipment should be clearly identified. Standard manufacturer catalog literature is acceptable provided each page is specifically annotated by the contractor to show exactly which elements are included and which are excluded in the proposed design.

d. Installation Submittal

Prior to the start of field installation, the contractor shall submit the following for the approval of the Authority:

Electrical Installation Plans and Details

Mechanical Installation Plans and Details

e. Testing & Acceptance

Page 128: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 310 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Prior to the start of field tests for the purpose of demonstrating compliance with specifications and systems acceptance testing, submit the following for the approval of the Authority:

System Test Plan

Test Procedures, Acceptance Criteria and Test Methods

Field Test Data Forms with Witness Signature Block

Plan for Training of Authority Personnel

At the completion of field tests, submit the following data which shall accurately depicts the actual field conditions:

As-built Plans

Configuration data

f. Training Submittal

Prior to the start of training of Authority personnel, submit the following for the approval of the Authority:

Instructor Materials

Student Manuals & Workbooks

Operation & Maintenance Manuals

The quantities of training documents furnished shall correspond to the number of classes and total number of students. The Operation & Maintenance Manuals shall be furnished with appropriately sized loose leaf binders with labeled tab dividers. The binder covers shall have integral clear plastic pockets on front and spline for insertion of document title & nomenclature sheets.

12.14.2 Products

12.14.2.1 Tools Test Equipment and Computer-Based Equipment

a. General Requirements

i. The contractor shall propose a detailed list of recommended tools, test equipment and computer-based equipment including software and interface adapter cables that are necessary and sufficient to support the installation, acceptance testing, operation, configuration and maintenance of telecommunications systems equipment. In those cases where minimum measurement capability is listed in the Telecommunications sections, the contractor shall review these measurement requirements, and propose a final detailed list of equipment which encompasses these minimum features. Certain measurement functions may be offered in a combined test set rather than separate. Certain measuring devices which are commonly used in the field such as transmission measuring sets shall be battery operated with either rechargeable or disposable batteries.

ii. The list of recommended tools, test equipment and computer-based equipment shall include make, model, version, accessories included and budgetary unit prices. The total of the budgetary unit prices shall equal the total bid price for this measurement item in each Telecommunications System. The Authority shall review and approve the contractor's recommended list prior to the delivery of equipment.

Page 129: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 311 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

iii. Consumable material for cable laying, lamps, fuses, etc. shall be adequately replenished by the contractor at time of acceptance to support maintenance activity for a period of five years.

iv. As part of the acceptance by the Authority, the contractor shall handover all tools, test equipment and computer-based equipment actually used for commissioning and acceptance tests. All items shall be like-new quality, clean, calibrated and in good operating condition. The warranty for tools, test equipment and computer-based equipment shall start on the date of formal acceptance.

b. List of General Test Equipment

i. Frequency Counter 0.1 Hz to 3 GHz

a. High resolution, fast sample rate b. Frequency, period, pulse width & totalizing measurements c. Parts per million (ppm) display d. Burst signal measurements

ii. Power Meter

RF power measurement from 100 kHz to 140 GHz a. Measure absolute values in units of W, dbm and also relative

units, dB and % b. VSWR measurements

iii. Synthesized Signal Generator 10 Hz to 30MI-Iz

a. High frequency and level stability b. Generator for amplitude and phase modulation c. Sweep generator feature

iv. Signal Generator (Test set for 800 MHz)

Spectrum Analyzer (50 Hz to 2 GHz)

a. Measure level-135dBm to +25dBm b. Resolution bandwidth 10Hz to 3MHz c. Measure of equipment spurious signal power d. User friendly panoramic monitoring of signals

Analysis of modulated signals

5. Electronic Volt Meter

General purpose battery operated ampere, volt, ohm meter in break resistant housing, carrying case with test leads.

12.14.2.2 Spares Provisioning

a. Contractor Recommended List

i. Within 180 calendar days after NTP date, the contractor shall provide a recommended list of spares provisioning items recommended for use by the Authority in the operation and maintenance of all Telecommunications Systems after the expiration of warranty. The list shall include five replacement sets of batteries of each type for all battery operated equipment or battery backed memories in test equipment and computer-based equipment. As a minimum, the recommended spare parts list shall include the following information for each item:

a. Contractor stock number

Page 130: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 312 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

b. Supplier/manufacturer part number c. Name and address of supplier/manufacturer d. Nomenclature e. Recommended quantity f. Where used: reference drawing in operations and maintenance

manuals

b. Delivery of Spares Provisions

i. The recommended list shall be revised and submitted for approval 90 days prior to the expiration of the warranty period. Revisions to the spare parts list shall be based on the actual repair history experienced by the Authority during the warranty period. Deliver the approved provisioning items within 60 days of the approval of the list of provisioning items. All items of provisioning shall be new, in original supplier packaging.

ii. For each Telecommunications System and unless otherwise stated, the contractor shall provide an allowance of approximately 5% of the subtotal bid price for that system.

12.14.2.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals

a. General: In additional to the requirements of Section 1700

Complete sets of Operation and Maintenance Manuals (hereafter known as Manuals), shall be furnished for each Telecommunications System. Separate Manuals are required for each type and variation of furnished equipment. Each Manual shall describe the method of operation, specifications, characteristics, theory of operation, maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. Special maintenance information shall also be included such as complete parts list, troubleshooting flowcharts and hints, and important precautions for avoiding personnel risk to injury and damage to equipment.

b. Review of Manual Development

i. Within 180 calendar days after the NTP, the contractor shall submit a list of all manuals publications and documentation required to install, test and support the Telecommunications Systems equipment. The material shall be categorized to designate the status of the material, as follows:

a. Exists now and needs no modification b. Exists now and needs modification c. Does not exist and must be completely developed

ii. All existing technical documentation for each type of equipment furnished shall be submitted for review. This shall include manufacturers' catalog and cut sheets; specification sheets, operating instruction, maintenance procedures, components parts list, illustrated parts breakdown, circuit schematics, system interconnecting wiring and cabling, and installation instructions.

c. Format Criteria for Manual

i. Manuals shall be organized to facilitate access to information, complete and accurate, readable, usable in typical working condition, concise, durable, and easily maintained and updated, Terminology, language, and references will be consistent throughout each manual. Format and type size will be selected to facilitate readability, Chart

Page 131: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 313 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

and diagrams will be precise and accurate. The manuals will contain all information needed for operation and maintenance of the communications equipment including, at a minimum:

a. Manufacturers' name, address b. Telephone number of local representative c. Catalog, model, and serial number of equipment d. Description of equipment, including block diagrams and

detailed narrative of function and operation e. Statement of Warranty b. Description of modification, servicing, and repairs to warranty c. Standard and custom installation procedures d. Standard operating procedures e. Safety procedures f. Routine maintenance procedures g. Corrective maintenance procedures h. Servicing schedule i. Assembly drawings, electrical schematics and

electronic/electrical components manufactures' identification numbers

j. List of spare parts and recommended stock quantity for preventive and corrective maintenance

k. List of special tools required to perform inspection, test, adjustment, maintenance, and repair.

ii. The manuals shall lay flat when opened, use a loose-leaf format with high grade paper with punch holes. The nominal size of the paper shall be A4 and folded A3. Diagrams shall not be loose or in pockets, Line drawings shall be in reduced size as required. The paper stock shall be oil resistant, moisture proof, and resistant to wear. A table of contents will be given at the beginning of each manual, and a complete page-numbered index at the end. Plastic-coated tabs shall be used to segregate major sections within each publication.

d. Changes to Manuals

As part of the systems support, the Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy and usability of the technical content of the manuals through the warranty period. Revisions and changes to the manuals shall be issued as required. A control sheet for recording updates and insertions shall be included as part of each manual.

e. Quantities and Payment of Manuals

Prepare and deliver complete sets of operations and maintenance manuals in the quantities indicated as follows:

Manual Title Quantity

Telephone System 25 Audio/Paging System 25 Closed Circuit Television System 25 Double Ring Fiber Optic Transmission Line 25 800 MHz Trunked Radio 25 Scada 25 Master Clock System 12 Telecommunications UPS 12

12.14.2.4 Communications Equipment Cabinets (CEC)

Page 132: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 314 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

a. Control Centre CEC

i. Enclosure

a. Heavy duty, wrap-around steel enclosure with floor supported frame rack

b. Frame structure: 14 gauge steel c. Panels and doors: 16 gauge steel d. Dual flush lockable latches e. Door opening: neoprene gasket, or equal f. Telephone gray polyurethane textured powder coating g. Dimensions: Inside H 2235mm (88"); outside D 607mm (24");

approx. W 516mm (20.3 ")

ii. Floor Supported Rack

a. Racks shall be channel style with EIA 19" equipment mounting, equipped with top bars, bare angles, bolts, nuts and all other required hardware.

b. Racks shall be drilled and tapped to receive guard rails, cable rings and other common accessories.

c. Industry standard EIA. 1-3/4" hole spacing d. Base: approx. 89mm (3-1/2") X 152mm (6)" X 9.5mm (3/8")

angles e. Top: 35mm (1-3/8") bars

b. Station and Depot Building CEC

i. Aluminum enclosure

a. Heavy duty welded unitized construction for wall mounting b. 81mm W X 86mm H contains ElA. 19" swing rack c. Latching hinged swing gate shall permit complete access to

rear of equipment mounting for installation and servicing

ii. Specifications

a. Cabinet : 0.3175mm 5053-H32 Aluminum b. Swing gate : 11 gauge steel c. Hole pattern : 1-3/4", 16 Rack Mounting Units 1-1/4", 1/2",1-1/2" 12-24 tapped d. Latching : Keyed knob with slam latch e. Gasket : Neoprene f. Finish : Telephone gray polyurethane textured

powder coating

12.14.3 Execution

12.14.3.1 Prosecution and Progress

a. The contractor shall begin work promptly within the time specified by the Authority, and shall notify the Authority at least 48 hours before the start of field installation work.

b. After the work has been started, it shall be prosecuted continuously on all acceptable working days without stoppage until the entire work is complete.

c. Should the prosecution of the work for any reason be discontinued, the contractor shall notify the Authority of his intention to stop and shall also notify the Authority in writing at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations.

Page 133: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 315 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.14.3.1 Maintenance of Work during Construction

a. The Contractor shall maintain the work during construction and until acceptance. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted as required with adequate equipment and forces to the end that all parts of the work be kept in satisfactory condition at all time.

b. All cost of maintenance work during construction and before final acceptance shall be included in the price without additional compensation.

c. In the event the contractor's work is ordered shut down for failure to comply with the provisions of the contract, the contractor shall maintain the project equipment as may be necessary during the period of suspended work.

12.14.3.2 Acceptance of Telecommunications Work

a. Partial Acceptance

If at any time during the performance of the work the contractor substantially completes a unit or portion of the work, he may request the Authority to make final inspection of that unit. If the work is found satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, that portion of the work may be accepted. It will be the Authority's discretion to consider partial acceptance on a case basis.

b. Final Acceptance

Upon due notice by the contractor of completion of the entire telecommunications work, the Authority will make an inspection, and if the work is found to be complete and acceptable, this inspection will constitute the final inspection. After final inspection and receipt of acceptable test data reports and all other relevant documents, formal acceptance will be provided in writing. Upon acceptance, the Authority will assume responsibility for maintenance except where provided for in the contract.

12.14.3.3 Tests and Inspection

a. General Requirements: In addition to the requirements of Section 1.14:

This section specifies the requirements for the Test Program for Telecommunications Systems equipment and outside plant cable. The program shall provide assurance that the parameters established herein are maintained throughout the design, manufacturing, and installation activities. Tests shall demonstrate whether the requirements have been complied with. The test program shall consist of the items outlined below:

i. Acceptance Tests

Factory Tests Field Tests - Installation Tests - System Tests - System Integration Tests

ii. Pre-Revenue Service Tests

Factory tests are tests performed on production units at point of manufacture, partially subsystem level assemblies or complete assemblies in final cabinets on contractor's premises. Installation tests arc the commissioning of equipment on Authority premises. System tests are, for example, all tests associated with the Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) system. System Integration Tests are, station Audio/Paging System. To include Telephone System, Fibre optic

Page 134: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 316 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

transmission test and 800 MHz trunked radio commissions. Pre-Revenue Service Tests are routine tests, performed from time to time, which shall be demonstration of operation of Telecommunications Systems for Authority management personnel, most often in conjunction with others work, such as train operations, control centre and station operations, etc.

iii. Environmental Test Conditions

Unless otherwise specified, all measurements and tests shall be made at ambient temperature, atmospheric pressure, and relative humidity. Whenever conditions must be closely controlled in order to obtain reproducible results, a set of standard conditions with reference temperature, relative humidity and atmospheric pressure shall be used, with whatever tolerances are required to obtain the desired precision of measurement. Ambient actual conditions shall be recorded periodically during the tests.

iv. Test Reports

Test and Inspections reports shall be submitted to the Authority within 15 days of completion of each Test or Inspection.

b. Test Plan

i. Requirements

The contractor shall submit a Test Plan for approval. This plan shall be submitted no later than 270 days after the issuance of Notice to Proceed. The purpose for this plan is to insure that the contractor has considered all of the testing requirements contained in the Specification and has made adequate provisions in his overall plan for carrying out the Test Plan. The test plan shall be structured in a manner so as to provide a total integrated test plan. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to plan, integrate and manage this plan with appropriate review and approval. The contractor shall conduct tests at the complete system, subsystem, and component levels to assure that all interface and subsystem interactions are identified, understood, and all negative results are eliminated. The Test Plan shall contain, as a minimum, the data enumerated in the following sub-articles:

ii. Documents

a. Flow Chart: A flow chart indicating the logical sequence of tests, starting with factory assembly tests and continuing on to include, as a minimum, all the tests specified in this section. The flow chart shall indicate the relationship between test performances, design reviews, installation milestones, as well as submittal of test procedures.

b. List of Test Procedures: A list of test procedures to be submitted (by test procedure number) including a schedule for submittal.

c. Test Specimen Control Plan: A description of the contractor's system for configuration control of the test specimens throughout the entire plan which shall include parts lists. Drawings, inspection and test records, and maintenance records.

Page 135: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 317 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

d. Test Organization Description: A description of the contractor's in-plant and field test organizations, including roles and responsibilities.

e. Test Failure Resolution: A description of the procedure to be followed for the resolution of test problems, failure recurrence control and general test conduct ground rules.

b. Check List: A list of significant events for each test procedure for monitoring the completeness of the test.

c. Test Procedures

i. Requirements

After the Test Plan is approved, the contractor shall submit to the Authority detailed Telecommunications Test Procedures for approval. Approval of the Test Procedures by the Authority is required before any test is begun. Each test procedure shall include as a minimum the following requirements:

a. Objective of the test. b. Test environmental conditions. c. Detailed description or test specimens including drawings, part

numbers, inspection and test records, and maintenance records.

d. Detailed procedure of test. e. Test equipment to be used, including all measuring equipment

and/or any equipment aiding in the performance of the tests. Supply sketches showing the test set up.

b. Pass/Fail criteria. c. Retest procedure. d. Personnel requirements and qualifications. e. Description of Authority support facilities or personnel, as

required. f. The level and schedules of preventive maintenance during the

test.

ii. Major Equipment Procedures

The Procedures shall be submitted for major items of equipment and all communication subsystems as follows:

a. Preliminary Test Procedures

i) Factory Acceptance Tests 120 days prior to each test.

ii) Site Installation, Integration and System Tests 90 days prior to each test(s).

b. Final Test Procedures

i) Factory Acceptance Test 60 days prior to each test.

ii) Site Installation, Integration and System Tests 30 days prior to each test(s).

d. Tests

i. General

Page 136: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 318 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

The Contractor shall provide all test equipment necessary to perform the tests and inspections. This equipment shall be in working order and calibrated at the time the tests or inspections are conducted.

ii. Factory acceptance report

a. Approved factory tests and inspections shall be scheduled for all major off-the-shelf items and prototypes to verify compliance with environmental criteria, quality assurance requirements, specified performance, grade of components, and reliability of workmanship, including manufacturing processes. Factory tests required shall be performed at the point of manufacture or the point assembly before shipment to the site. Two copies of test results shall be certified by the manufacturer or an independent laboratory and shall be furnished for review and approval prior to shipment. All equipment, materials, parts and workmanship drawing, manuals shall be subject to inspection at all times and during all stages of manufacturer, and assembly. Rejection for non-compliance shall be determined by the Authority. These provisions shall apply equally at the plant of each subcontractor/subsystem manufacturer.

b. Thirty days prior to the date of the scheduled inspection or test, at which time the contractor shall furnish a complete set if applicable drawings, including but not limited to schematics, wiring diagrams, major assembly drawings, construction drawings, test procedures and specifications for the equipment involved. A “Report of Factory Visit” for the purpose of confirmation and subsequent agreement of any decisions made on site (factory) shall prepared by the contractor and submitted to the Engineer subsequent to each factory visit by the Authority. The report shall include the purpose of visit, summary of test performed, and shall decisions made or greed to at the site.

iii. Installation Tests and Inspections

a. Installation test and inspection shall be performed to ensure that the equipment is not damaged in shipment and is properly installed. Installation Tests and Inspections shall consist of a visual inspection with check-off lists to verify the following:

1. Full compliance with general specifications and approved installation details;

2. That only approved products have been used;

3. That inventory of major equipment components is available to ensure that equipment installed is in agreement with approved installation drawings and certified Factory Test Reports.

b. All wire and cable terminations shall be verified as to locations, routings, color code, and workmanship. The Authority may participate in these tests and reject for non-compliance. Two certified copies of an installation Test and Inspection check sheet shall be submitted for approval.

Page 137: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 319 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

c. As part of the installation test the contractor shall perform earthing resistance tests on all equipment and cable shields. Grounding resistance between any item of communications equipment and its associated grounding point shall not exceed 2.0 Ohms.

iv. System Tests

System Tests shall be on-site performance tests to verify that all system operating functions perform as specified herein. These tests will vary with each specific system. They shall include all operating parameters and functions defined in the individual system sections. Tests shall be conducted on a subsystem by subsystem basis with all failures and discrepancies noted. The contractor shall not engage in further testing until the Authority has verified that the Contractor has taken necessary corrective action with respect to any failures and discrepancies noted.

v. Integration Tests

Integration Tests shall verify that each portion of each system performs properly with other interfacing systems, Tests shall performed in concert with active operations of any other involved system including those specified herein, and those systems being installed concurrently by other contractors. The Contractor shall have the responsibility for coordination and scheduling all activities involving other contractors and Authority where other contractors may need to utilize facilities or equipment installed as part of this contract. These tests shall be conducted on the presence of the Authority.

vi. Pre-Revenue Service Demonstration

Prior to the Commencement of Revenue Service for each stage, a “Pre-Revenue Service Demonstration Test” shall be conducted by the Authority to establish readiness for Revenue Service. During this demonstration period, Contractor is required to support and perform whatever work is required to ensure that the Telecommunications Systems are ready for revenue service.

e. Cable Tests

i. General

a. Notwithstanding that cables are manufactured to an approved national standard, all cables, accessories and materials shall be subjected to and shall satisfactorily withstand the tests specified herein.

b. High voltage test shall be conducted in accordance with IEC 60.

c. The Authority reserves the right to call for any additional test as may be necessary to prove compliance with the Specification.

d. Any material accessories or complete cables not meeting the tests requirements will be rejected for use on this Contract. Earlier consignments of similar material accessories, or completed cables which have already been tested and

Page 138: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 320 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

released for shipment may be subjected to further proof test at the direction of the Authority.

ii. Routine Test – Copper Cable

The following routine tests shall be carried out on every length of copper cable:

a. Spark test on insulation – Every conductor shall be spark tested at 5 kV (RMS) AC by the method described in IEC 540.

b. Conductor resistance – The average conductor resistance shall not exceed the value advised in the manufacturer’s specifications.

c. Insulation resistance – After steady electrification with not less than 500 V dc for one minute the insulation resistance between each conductor and all other conductors and the metallic sheath connected together shall be no less than 1500megohms per 1000 meter at 20ºC.

d. Mutual capacitance – The mutual capacitance shall be measured between the two conductors of each pair with the cable’s other conductors and the metallic sheath earth. The measurements shall be made at a suitable frequency within the range 0.8 and 2.0 kHz. The average mutual capacitance between pairs shall not exceed the value advised in the manufacturer’s specifications.

e. Capacitance unbalance – Pair to pair capacitance unbalance measurements shall be made at a suitable frequency within the range 0.8 to 2.0 kHz with conductors, other than those under test being connected to the metallic sheath and earthed. The maximum corrected capacitance unbalance adjacent pairs shall not exceed the following values.

Two pair cable – 800 pF

Multipair cable – 275 pF

iii. Routine Tests – Fibre Optic Cable

a. Optical loss – End to end optical path loss measured for each installed and terminated fibre core.

b. OTDR signal plots – performed twice for each installed and terminated fibre core, once from each end.

c. Microbend tests – launch visible light source into each installed and terminated fibre core and perform visual inspection for leaking light along entire length of single core cables at cable ends only for multi-core cables where individual cores are exposed.

iv. Sample Test

The following sample tests shall be carried out on less than 10 percent of drum lengths of cable supplied to the Contract. Test (a) to (g) inclusive shall be carried out in accordance with BS 3673 or equivalent standard.

a. Conductors – Elongation test;

Page 139: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 321 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

b. Conductors – tensile strength of jointed conductor;

c. Insulation – Eccentricity;

d. Insulation – Elongation;

e. Insulation – Breaking force;

f. Insulation – Resistance to compression;

g. Insulation – Retraction;

h. Insulation thickness – Verify by the method described in IEC 540.

i. Metal sheath thickness – The thickness of the metal sheath shall be verified by the measurement in an approved manner on a ring removed from the cable at a position not less than 0.30 m from the end of a factory length. A sufficient number of measurements shall be made around the circumference of the ring sample to ensure that the minimum thickness is correctly measured.

j. Dimensions of magnetic screening tapes – The width and thickness of magnetic screening tapes shall be determined by measurements on samples taken from the ends of factory lengths of completed cables.

v. Tests after Installation

The following site test shall be carried out by the Contractor on every completed cable after installation.

a. Continuity test on all conductors to check that there are no discontinuities or wire pair crosses.

b. Conductor resistance – The conductor resistance shall be measured and recorder.

c. Insulation resistance – The insulation resistance shall be measured between each conductor and the other conductors connected to the sheath. After electrifications at 500 V de for one minute, the measured value of insulation resistance shall be not less than 1000 megohms per 1000 m cable at 20ºC.

d. Voltage withstand test – Every cable shall have a voltage applied between conductor and between each conductor and metallic sheath which shall be earthed after laying and jointing. The voltage shall be increased gradually and maintained continuously for one minute at the value stated;

Between conductors – 2.0kV dc

Between conductors and sheath – 2.0 kV ac

e. Attenuation – The attenuation of each copper cable telephone pair shall be measured and shall not exceed the following values per 1000 meter, measured at 1 kHz at 20ºC.

Core Size Loss (dB)

19 AWG (0.9 to 0.91 mm) 0.82

22 AWG (0.60 to 0.63 mm) 1.21

Page 140: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 322 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

f. Cross-talk – The cross-talk between all pairs shall be measured and shall not be worse than 74 b=dB at 1300 Hz when the cable has been balanced.

g. For cable lengths less than 1000 M, standard engineering practices will be used to factor test results. Similarly, temperature of the cables under test will be compensated for 20 degrees Centigrade.

h. Data cables shall be characteristics similar to telephone cables.

i. Results of all above test shall be recorded and submitted to the Authority for approval.

12.14.3.4 Communications Equipment Cabinet (CEC)

At each station and at the control centre, install and securely mount the Communications Equipment Cabinet (CEC) in locations as coordinated and approved by the Authority. Provision shall be made for the entrance of communications cables for cameras (video & power), monitors, paging speakers, microphone, telephone, data and radio and other equipment.

Page 141: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 323 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.15 ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM

12.15.1 General

12.15.1.1 Description

This specification specified below is for ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM of existing stations. Contractor shall up-grade this specification to latest edition, and then the up-graded specification shall be adopted for furnishing, installing, and testing fire detection and alarm system of proposed stations to advanced and compatible product with existing system.

12.15.1.2 Interface and Coordination

Contract’s Detailed Design Drawings should indicate the general location and arrangement of equipment, conduit, wiring, and devices. Provide outlets, control and detection devices, and equipment properly located and readily accessible. Control and detection devices, equipment, and outlets shall be located to avoid interference with mechanical, architectural, and structural features.

12.15.1.3 Reference Standards

a. National fire Protection Association (NFPA):

NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC)

NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code

NFPA 72D Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Proprietary Protective Signalling Systems

NFPA 130 Fixed Guideway Transit Systems

b. Underwriters Laboratory (UL): c. Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines Philippine

Electric Code (PEC) d. The Fire Code of the Philippines PD No 1185

12.15.1.4 Submittals

a. General

b. Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Calculations, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

c. Detection and alarm system submittal shall include, as a minimum, the following:

i. Complete descriptive data indicating UL listing for all system components.

ii. Complete sequence of operations of the system. iii. Complete system wiring diagrams for components capable of being

connected to the system and interfaces to equipment supplied by others.

d. Testing Program

The completed fire alarm system shall be fully tested in accordance with NFPA 72 in the presence of the Engineer. Upon completion of the test, the Contractor shall also certify in writing to the Engineer. Submit test procedures before performing tests. Testing program shall include the following:

Page 142: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 324 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

i. Statement of procedure objective, scope of test, and list of equipment/system to be tested.

ii. List of equipment required to set up and perform the tests. iii. List of equipment or services required from areas outside Contractor's

authority. iv. List of prerequisite tests that need to be completed before the

procedure can be performed. v. Description of the required procedure setup, including diagrams

illustrating test equipment connections and identifying test points, where applicable.

vi. Step-by-step instructions for performing the procedure, identifying the points where data is to be recorded and the limits for acceptable data.

vii. Provisions for recording pertinent test conditions and environment at time of test.

viii. Instructions for recording data on data sheets and verifying that procedure steps have been completed.

e. Test Reports

Submit results of electrical continuity, insulation and ground continuity tests performed on installed products.

f. Operation and Maintenance Manual: submit operation and maintenance data, where not provided under other Sections, for the equipment and systems provided.

12.15.1.5 Quality Assurance

a. Each and all items of the fire alarm system shall be listed as a product of a single tire alarm system manufacturer under the appropriate category by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and shall bear the "UL" label. Control equipment shall be listed under UL category UOJZ as a single control unit. Partial listing will not be acceptable.

b. In addition to the UL-UOJZ requirement listed above, the system controls shall be UL listed for Power Limited Applications in accordance with NEC 760. All circuits shall be marked in accordance with NEC article 760-23.

12.15.1.6 Site Conditions

12.15.2 Products

12.15.2.1 Fire Alarm System

a. General System Requirements:

i. Furnish and install a complete Fire Alarm System as described herein; to be wired, connected, and left in first class operating condition. The system shall use closed loop initiating device circuits with individual zone supervision, individual indicating appliance circuit supervision, incoming, and standby power supervision. Include a control panel, manual pull stations, automatic fire detectors, audible/visual alarms, fire alarm broadcast speakers, fireman's telephone handsets, broadcast microphone, local and remote annunciator, all wiring, connections to devices, outlet boxes, junction boxes, and all other necessary material for a complete operating system.

ii. All panels and peripheral devices shall be the standard product of a single manufacturer and shall display the manufacturer's name on each component.

Page 143: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 325 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

iii. The system alarm operation subsequent to the alarm activation of any manual station, automatic detection device, or sprinkler flow switch shall be as follows:

a. The appropriate initiating device circuit red LED shall flash on the control panel and the remote annunciator until the alarm has been silenced at the control panel or the remote annunciator. Once silenced, this same LED shall latch on. A subsequent alarm received after silencing shall flash the subsequent zone alarm LED on the control panel.

b. A pulsing alarm tone shall occur within the control panel until silenced.

c. All alarm indicating appliances shall sound in a Continuous Alarm pattern of Designated State Code pattern until silenced by the Alarm Silence Switch at the control panel or the remote annunciator.

d. All visual alarm lamps shall operate in a continuous pattern until extinguished by the Alarm Silence Switch.

e. A supervised signal to notify central shall be activated.

iv. The alarm indicating appliances may be silenced by authorized personnel upon entering the locked control cabinet and operating the Alarm Silence Switch or by use of the key operated switch at the remote annunciator. A subsequent zone alarm shall reactivate the signals.

v. The alarm activation shall, in addition to the operations listed above, cause the elevator cabs to be recalled. The elevator cabs shall be recalled to the lowest level of operation.

vi. The alarm activation shall also provide contacts to allow connection to and control of the following:

a. Lighting Contactor Panels. When a fire alarm occurs all the contactor controlled i.e. public area lighting circuits on panels other than those supplied by UPS units shall be energized.

b. Background music/public address system. When the transmit button or the fire broadcast microphone is depressed, all background music/public address speakers shall be muted. When the fire broadcast microphone Transmit button is released, any PA system broadcasts will continue as normal.

vii. At locations indicated, Fire Suppression Panels will be provided to control the release of clean agent suppression gases. The fire suppression system is specified under Division 11. The fire alarm control system shall monitor these panels with each one being assigned a separate zone. These will provide trouble and alarm indication at the control panel, annunciator and (by others) at the Control Centre in the Depot. The actuation of alarm status (agent released) at these fire suppression panels will not cause any audible or visual alarms in public areas of stations or workshop/office areas in the Depot.

viii. The activation of any system smoke detector shall initiate an Alarm Verification operation whereby the panel shall reset the activated detector and wait for a second activation. If, after reset, a second alarm is reported from the same or any other smoke detector within one (1) minute, the system shall process the alarm in accordance with

Page 144: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 326 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

the operations listed above. If no second alarm occurs within one minute, the system shall resume normal operations. The Alarm Verification shall operate only for smoke detectors. Other activated initiating devices shall be processed immediately.

ix. Activation of Standpipe or Sprinkler Tamper Switch and Trouble Silence Switch:

a. The activation of any standpipe or sprinkler tamper switch shall activate a distinctive system supervisory audible signal and illuminate a "Sprinkler Supervisory Tamper" LED at the system controls and the remote annunciator. There shall be no confusion between valve tamper activation and opens and grounds on fire alarm initiation circuit wiring.

b. Activating the Trouble Silence Switch will silence the supervisory audible signal while maintaining the Sprinkler Supervisory Tamper LED indicating the tamper contact is still activated.

c. Restoring the valve to the normal position shall cause the audible signal and LED to pulse at a March Time Rate.

d. Activating the Trouble Silence Switch will silence the supervisory audible signal and restore the system to normal.

x. Fire Protection Water pumping. At locations provided with either electric motor or diesel engine driven fire pumps or both, the fire alarm Control Panel shall monitor the status of the fire water pumping system at the pump control panel and report fire pump system healthy, malfunction or alarm status.

xi. The actuation of the program "Test Set-Up" switch at the control panel shall activate the "Walk Test" mode of the system which shall cause the following to occur:

a. Control relay functions shall be bypassed. b. The control panel shall show a trouble condition. c. The alarm activation of any initiation device shall cause the

audible signals to pulse one round of code identifying the initiation circuit (e.g., an activated smoke detector connected to Zone 4 shall pulse the audible signals four times in rapid succession).

d. The panel shall automatically reset itself. e. Any momentary opening of an initiating or indicating appliance

circuit shall cause the audible signals to sound for four seconds to indicate the trouble condition.

xii. Activation of an auxiliary bypass switch shall override the automatic functions either selectively or throughout the system and initiate a trouble condition at the control panel.

xiii. Supervision of system shall include:

a. All auxiliary manual controls shall be supervised so that all switches will be returned to the normal automatic position to clear system trouble.

b. Each independently supervised circuit shall include a discrete amber "Trouble" LED to indicate disarrangement conditions per circuit.

Page 145: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 327 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

c. The incoming power to the system shall be supervised so that any power failure shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel and the annunciator. A green "power on" LED shall be displayed continuously while incoming power is present.

d. The system batteries shall be supervised so that disconnection of a battery shall be audibly and visually indicated at the control panel and the annunciator.

e. The System Expansion Modules connected by ribbon cables shall be supervised for module placement. Should a module become disconnected from the CPU, the system trouble indicator shall illuminate and an audible trouble signal shall sound.

f. Wiring to a remote annunciator shall be supervised for open and ground conditions. An independent annunciator trouble indicator shall illuminate and an audible trouble signal shall sound at the control panel.

xiv. SCADA Interface:

A SCADA system with an interface terminal cabinet (ITC) in each location will be provided by others. The fire alarm system under this section shall connect to this lTC volt free contacts on the fire control panel so that the SCADA system can transmit to the Central Control, system healthy, common trouble and common alarm at each station, Depot and M.O.W. building.

xv. Power requirements shall include the following:

a. The control panel shall receive 220 VAC power via a dedicated circuit.

b. The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system upon loss of normal 220 VAC power in a normal supervisory mode in accordance with NFPA 72. The system shall automatically transfer to the standby batteries upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging operations shall be automatic. Batteries, once discharged, shall recharge at a rate to provide a minimum of 70 percent capacity in 12 hours.

c. All circuits requiring system operating power shall be 24 VDC and shall be individually fused at the control panel.

12.15.2.2 Fire Alarm Control Panel

a. Provide Fire Alarm Control Panel where indicated on the drawings. Construction shall be modular with solid state, microprocessor-based electronics. All visual indicators shall be high contrast LED type. Panel shall have likable cover to prevent unauthorized access. Panel shall include a Fire Alarm Graphic Annunciator Panel. LED indication shall include:

1. Power on. 2. System trouble. 3. Selection status. 4. Zone under alarm.

Page 146: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 328 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.15.2.3 Peripheral Devices

a. Manual stations shall be single action and shall be constructed of high impact, red acrylic plastic with raised white lettering and a smooth high gloss finish. The break glass rod station shall have a hinged front with key lock. Station shall be keyed alike with the fire alarm control panel. Pull station shall be by the same manufacturer to ensure capability.

b. Smoke detectors shall be listed to UL standard 268 and shall be documented compatible with the control equipment to which it is connected. Detectors shall be listed for this purpose by UL. The detectors shall obtain their operating power from the fire alarm panel supervised detection loop. The operating voltage shall be 24 VDC. Removal of the detector head shall interrupt the supervisory circuit of the fire alarm detection loop and cause a trouble signal to be generated to the control panel.

c. Automatic heat detectors shall be combination rate-of-rise and fixed temperature type. When the fixed-temperature portion is activated, the units shall be non-restorable and shall give visual evidence of such operation. Heat detectors shall be 57 degrees C.

d. Audible/visual alarms shall be a combination device with a horn audible alarm of field selectable signal strength of a minimum of 90 dbA at 3m (max of 102 dbA) and a high intensity strobe for visual signalling and for the hearing impaired. The device shall be UL listed for this purpose.

e. Fire Broadcast Speakers shall be 15 W (min) reentrant type speakers provided with a built in multi tap transformer featuring a selection switch for the desired impedance/voltage. The speakers shall be suitable to transmit audible fire alarm signals and voice messages and be UL listed for this purpose.

f. Fireman's Telephone handset's shall be provided in flush or surface mounted enclosures, as indicated, to provide fixed, two may communication throughout the fire system area. They shall be operated from the control panel, on 24 Vdc power. The enclosure and door shall be finished in red color with EMERGENCY TELEPHONE sign painted on the door. There devices shall be UL listed for the purpose.

g. Fire Broadcast Microphone. A microphone shall be provided on or adjacent the main control panel (FACP) to enable qualified staff to broadcast emergency and evacuation voice messages over the dedicated fire alarm speaker system. Inter lock provisions are required to the background music/public address system equipment racks (provided by others) so that depressing of the transmit button on the microphone will mute all messages on the PA system until the transmit button is released.

12.15.3 Execution

Contractor shall prepare technical specifications for bellow listed activities of the ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM, and submit the technical specification to the Engineer for Engineer’s review and approval prior to start work.

12.15.3.1 Installation

a. Wiring Methods:

b. Control Panels

i. Sprinkler Flow Switches ii. Valve Tamper Switches

Page 147: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 329 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

iii. Smoke Detectors iv. Elevator Recall v. Central Notification vi. Fire Water Pump Panels vii. Interface Terminal Cabinet

12.15.3.2. Field Quality Control

Page 148: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 330 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.16 TESTING AND TRAINING

12.16.1 General

12.16.1.1 Description

This Section includes specifications for providing test support personnel and equipment to test electrical systems are required in other Sections and to verify compliance with specified performance requirements.

12.16.1.2 Coordination

a. Submit written notice as to when the installed systems will be tested so that the Engineer may be present to witness the tests. Give a minimum of 30 calendar days notice before performing the proposed tests.

b. At the Engineer's option, a representative of the manufacturer may be present to witness the tests and verify results.

12.16.1.3 Submittals

a. General

Refer to Section 1.4, Submittals, and Section 1.6, Detailed Design Drawings, Shop Drawings, Specifications, Product Data, and Samples, for submittal requirements and procedures.

b. Testing Program

Submit overall test schedule and test procedures for review before beginning the testing of the systems. Each procedure shall include the following:

i. Statement of procedure objective and scope;

ii. List of equipment required to set up and perform the procedure;

iii. List of equipment or services required from areas outside Contractor's authority;

iv. List of prerequisite tests that need to be completed before the procedure can be performed;

v. Description of the required procedure setup, including diagrams illustrating test equipment connections and identifying test points, where applicable;

vi. Step-by-step instructions for performing the procedure identifying the points where data is to be recorded and the limits for acceptable data;

vii. Provisions for recording pertinent test conditions and environment at time of test; and

viii. Instructions for recording data on data sheets and verifying that procedure steps have been completed.

c. Test Reports

Submit certified test reports of results of tests performed on installed systems.

d. Instruments

Submit list of instruments and certification indicating that instruments and certification which will be used for testing have been calibrated and their accuracy certified within a previous period of not more than six months. List types of instruments to be used, manufacturer, serial number latest date of calibration, and calibration organization.

Page 149: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 331 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

12.16.1.4 Guarantee

Tests shall not after the Contractor's guarantee of the equipment. Replace and retest work and materials found to be in noncompliance with the Contract Documents without additional cost to the Employer.

12.16.1.5 Data to be recorded

a. Maintain reproducible test data sheets showing results of tests described in the accepted test procedures. Provide reproducible data sheets, listing acceptable or specified test limits and values, actually measured. One copy of test data sheets remain at the site. Furnish one copy to the Engineer. Retain one copy.

b. Provide data sheets showing test set-up, equipment used, names of persons performing test, names of witnesses, date, location, and serial number of equipment under test. Test data sheets will be reviewed by the Engineer and accepted as submitted, or additional tests may be required. If additional tests are required because initial test results do not comply with Specifications on Contractor-furnished equipment, the re-testing shall be documented and submitted as before at no additional cost to the Employer.

12.16.1.6 Training

Provide training for LRTA operating personnel as follows:

Equipment/System Training Time (hrs)

Standby Generator * 16

Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)* 16

Fire Alarm* 16

Access Control 16

Support Annunciator Panel 16

Lighting Control Panels 16

Train Control Room-Temp 16

Control Panel 16

Master Clock* 16

Note: * - Training shall be on-site and shall include the manufacturer's

representative.

12.16.2 Products

12.16.2.1 Material, Equipment, and Services

a. Provide test procedures, qualified technical personnel, tools, equipment, test instruments, facilities, and services as required to perform the testing. The Engineer will have qualified witnesses present at each test to observe the test and certify recorded results,

b. For the extended coverage, provide qualified technical support personnel, tools, test instruments, and services on demand when given at least 24 hour notice.

Page 150: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 332 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

c. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be present at tests performed by others,

i. Verify that the interface parameters sought are in compliance with the test data sheets accepted by the Engineer; or

ii. Perform work as necessary to ensure that the accepted interface parameters are met.

12.16.3 Execution

12.16.3.1 Tests

a. Grounding System Verification.

b. Auxiliary Electrical Distribution System Conductor Insulation Test

c. Auxiliary Electrical Distribution System Equipment Readiness

Verify by testing the auxiliary power equipment can be energized.

d. Auxiliary Electrical Distribution System Operability Test and Switchboard Breakers

Perform testing of operation in accordance with Specification requirements.

e. Auxiliary Electrical Distribution System Verification of Service to Train Control Room, Telecommunication Room and Signaling Room.

Verify by testing that the required auxiliary electrical service is available in these rooms.

f. Auxiliary Electrical Distribution System Verification of Service to Escalators, Elevators, and Fare Collection Distribution Panel

Verify that auxiliary electric service is available to escalators, elevators, and fare collection distribution panels.

g. Lighting and Receptacle System Operability

Verify by testing the operating of lighting and receptacle circuits.

h. Auxiliary Electrical Emergency Power System

Verify by testing the operability of the standby electrical emergency power system (uninterruptable power system) in accordance with Specification requirements.

i. Verification of Service to and Control of illuminated Signs.

j. Verify by testing that power and control circuits are available for illuminating signs.

k. Verification and Testing for Electrical Door Strikes and Door Position Indicators

l. Verify by testing the integrity and operation of electric door strikes and door position indicators.

m. Auxiliary Electrical Supervisory and Control System

n. Simulate testing remote control and indication to ensure operability of auxiliary equipment and systems for interface.

Page 151: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 333 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Division 13 - HEALTH AND SAFETY

13.1 Introduction

13.1.1 The Employer places particular emphasis on high standards of health and safety and the purpose of this section is to provide information on the requirements that will apply to the Contractor.

13.1.2 In addition to the risks and hazards normally associated with construction works, the railway environment is particularly hostile with the risk of serious injury from electrocution or being struck by moving trains. Because of these hazards, the Employer has developed strict rules and operating procedures and associated training requirements with which all persons working on or about the LRT Line and the track must comply in the interest of their own safety and the safety of others. Particular requirements for work on or adjacent to the LRT Line are outlined in GS Sub-Clause 4.7.

13.1.3 The Contractor shall point out in a timely manner to the Engineer the risks associated with both the basic assumptions of the project and the technical requirements innate in the construction.

13.1.4 The Contractor shall have to take into consideration when planning the Technical Project the general principles governing labor hazard prevention adapted to fit technical projects and in particular:

a. Elimination of risks.

b. Addressing risks at their source.

c. Evaluation of risks that are unavoidable and propose preventive measures.

d. Description of the working method and of any required equipment, wherever this is deemed to be necessary due to high risk during construction, maintenance or repair of the project.

e. Replacement of hazardous materials for less hazardous ones.

f. Priority in decision-making concerning group protection in relation to the individual protection measures.

g. Adjustment to technical developments.

h. Architectural techniques and/or organizational options in order to get the various works or work phases organized when they are performed simultaneously or successively.

i. Projection of the performance duration of those varied works or work phases.

j. The planning of an administration system meant to prevent labor hazards where the various roles and duties of the project administration staff are to be mentioned, as well as the special institutions for the prevention of professional hazard (Safety Engineer, Safety and Health at Work Coordinator, Labor Doctor, Committee for the Safety and Health of People at Work) provided by law. Also incorporated therein must be made of the basic safety and health procedures at work (e.g. report of labor accidents, emergencies, use of explosives, deletion of personnel, medical checkups) as well as instructions for safe work, where necessary (e.g. use of means of individual protection, work at considerable height).

Page 152: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 334 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

13.2 Health and Safety File

a. The Contractor shall appoint a Safety Engineer, also shall act as Officer of Safety and Health Issues, who assumes the responsibility to prepare the Safety and Health Plan and the Safety and Health File at the design stage.

b. The Safety and Health File will contain only the basic segments of the project, as well as instructions and useful information in relation to health and safety issues which, possibly, may have to be taken into consideration during the subsequent phases of the design as well as during the project’s life, such as maintenance work, conversion work, cleaning, etc. For example, the instructions and details referred to above concern the safe performance of the various maintenance works, the prevention of hazards arising from the presence of the public utility networks (water supply, power supply, gas and steam supply, etc.) the fire protection, etc.

c. It is pointed out that the Safety and Health Plan and Safety and Health File constitute part of the Works and shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall be updated as the works proceed and shall be available for viewing.

13.3 General Health and Safety Requirements

13.3.1 Legislation and Regulations

The Contractor shall be subject to penal and civil laws for all injuries of his personnel, as well as personnel of the Employer and Third Parties, even when the Contractor has implemented the specifications approved by the Employer. The Contractor shall perform all Works in a healthy and safe manner and in accordance with Philippine Laws, Presidential Decrees, Police and Other Regulations and directions of the Employer. If no relevant Philippine Laws, Presidential Decrees, Police and Other Regulations exist, then the relevant standards and codes of practice and current best practice of acknowledged international Codes shall apply. The Contractor shall also comply at all times with any other mandatory requirements, local safety, security, and other regulations in force and to which the Works are subject, including any requirements specified by the emergency services.

13.3.2 Contractor's Obligations

a. The Contractor shall ensure the safety of all operations in connection with the Contract and shall take all necessary action to ensure the safety of all persons who may be in, on or adjacent to the Site, including the Employer’s staff and their agents, Designated Contractors and Utility Companies.

b. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautionary measures in order to prohibit the entrance of the public to the Job site.

c. The Contractor shall provide and maintain, throughout the Contract duration, all protection measures necessary for the protection and safety of all persons.

d. The Contractor shall comply immediately with all instructions from the Employer in respect of the safety of the Works.

e. The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel on the Site are properly trained and supervised to ensure their safety and the safety of others while on Site.

f. The Employer may require the immediate removal from Site of any person who, in the opinion of the Employer, fails properly to observe the provisions of the relevant legislation, regulations and rules as appropriate, and such other statutory regulations that from time to time may be in force. Such a person

Page 153: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 335 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

shall not under any circumstance return to the Site without the Employer’s approval.

g. The Contractor shall ensure that proper and adequate health and safety provisions, including those set out in this Contract, are included in subcontracts placed by the Contractor.

h. The consumption by Contractor's personnel of alcoholic drinks or partaking of any drug or other substance that might impair proper performance of their duties on the Site is strictly forbidden.

13.4 Site Safety Plan

Within forty two (42) days from Commencement Date, the Contractor shall submit a Site Safety Plan in English. This plan shall include the approach and structure that the detailed plan will take and, in particular, will address the following items:

a. The Contractor's Health and Safety Policy Statement.

b. The Contractor's organization and arrangements for health and safety. Particular reference shall be made to the Site arrangements and procedures for ensuring compliance with health and safety legislation, regulations, codes of practice and, where relevant, National Standards and other International Standards.

c. Nomination of Safety Officer reporting to the Project Manager who will have an overview of all Site safety matters. The responsibilities, qualifications, training and experience of those nominated should be specified. The name of the Safety Officer shall be made known to the Engineer.

d. A schedule of safety procedures to be used on the Project, including those related to the maintenance and safe operation of Contractor's Equipment.

e. The Contractor's procedures for reporting and investigating accidents, dangerous occurrences or occupational illness.

f. The Contractor's procedures for identifying and eliminating Site hazards. Reference shall also be made to mitigating measures which include procedures for the identification of the need for, and the provision of, personal protective equipment (ΡΡΕ), permits systems, safety rules and safety training.

g. The Contractor's emergency plan referred to in Sub-Clause 4.5.1e.

h. Proposals for ensuring a mutual understanding between the Contractor and the Employer with regard to the elimination or mitigation of hazards on Site.

i. Methods of integrating Contractor and the Employer’s safe working practices and procedures and, where relevant, those of Designated Contractors, other Contractors and Utility Companies.

j. An outline program for safety tours and detailed safety inspections.

k. The Contractor's disciplinary procedures with respect to safety related matters.

l. The Contractor's procedures for assessing the suitability of subcontractors with respect to health and safety.

m. The Contractor's procedures for ensuring that his personnel are medically fit for the tasks they are carrying out. The procedures shall take into account working hours and environment.

n. The Contractors safety organizational chart.

Page 154: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 336 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

o. Within 14 days of the receipt of comments after review from the Employer/ Engineer, if any, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the finalized Site safety plan for his approval. The finalized plan shall detail the measures that will be implemented to eliminate or mitigate against the hazards pointed out and specified by the Engineer during the review of the plan submitted.

p. The Contractor shall carry out monthly reviews of the measures contained within the Site Safety Plan to demonstrate that the required levels of Safety are being achieved and maintained.

q. The Contractor shall submit a full report to the Employer and the Engineer at monthly intervals, of each such review.

r. The Engineer will review the Site Safety Plan from time to time and will advise the Contractor of any matter with which the Engineer is not satisfied, and the Contractor shall take such steps as are necessary to satisfy the Engineer.

s. The Engineer will carry out such safety studies or audits as considered necessary. The Contractor shall make available, specialist personnel as the Engineer may consider necessary for the performance of such safety studies or audits.

13.5 Site Safety Requirements

13.5.1 Site Organization and Arrangements for Safety

a. Safety Supervisors

Prior to commencing of the actual Works, the Contractor shall appoint Site Safety Supervisors (who should be separate from line construction management) for each working shift as may be necessary to provide adequate supervision, and shall supply to the Engineer the names and details of qualifications, experience and training of the persons so appointed. Before starting work, and at such other times as may be required by the Engineer, the Contractor's Safety Officer and Safety Supervisors shall meet the Engineer’s safety representative to discuss and agree the safety measures to be implemented on Site. At all times when work is being carried out on the Site, the Contractor's Safety Officer or a nominated deputy shall be available on the Site to take immediate action on all safety matters.

b. Site Safety Committee

i. The Contractor's Safety Officer or his designated representative shall attend meetings of a Site Safety Committee chaired by the Employer or Engineer, which shall meet at no less than monthly intervals. The Site Safety Committee will also include representatives of major subcontractors, Designated Contractors, Utility Companies, other authorities (Fire Department, Police, etc.) and other specialists as the Employer may decide.

ii. The Contractor shall act without delay upon decisions or recommendations as made from time to time by the Site Safety Committee with regard to general or particular matters of health and safety.

iii. Arrangements will be made by the Employer or Engineer for the local Fire Department to visit the Site periodically and the Contractor shall make available to the Fire Department and the Engineer/Employer, and any other authority that may so require it, any information that they may reasonably require.

Page 155: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 337 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

c. Site Inspections

i. The Contractor's Safety Officer shall carry out detailed inspections of the Site at a frequency agreed with the Engineer. The Contractor shall also be required to carry out safety tours and other inspections with the Engineer or his representative at a frequency required by the Engineer.

ii. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all health and safety related inspections are properly recorded and described in an approved inspection book, and that this book is signed by the inspecting person immediately on completion of the inspection.

iii. Reports of statutory examinations and inspections shall be entered in the prescribed inspection books, copies of all certificates should be available for inspection by the Engineer. Statutory notices shall be displayed as required.

iv. The Contractor’s Site staff shall possess appropriate documentation including where applicable their photo identity cards, entry permits, visitors pass, Track Safety Certificates and medical certificates. The Engineer will carry out periodic inspections of the documentation

d. Notification of Accidents

i. In the event of any recordable accident or dangerous occurrence arising at the Site during the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall comply with the legal requirements for reporting of injuries, diseases and dangerous occurrences.

ii. In addition to any statutory reporting, the Contractor shall report to the Employer and the Engineer, within 48 hours, any accident or dangerous occurrence involving his personnel or other parties, that occurs on the Site.

e. Emergency Procedures

i. The Contractor shall submit for approval by the Engineer and include in the Site Safety Plan detailed proposals for any reasonably foreseeable emergency, stating the procedures to be adopted for each emergency. The Contractor's emergency plan shall detail the duties and responsibilities of personnel on Site and in particular shall identify a senior Site official with responsibility for liaising with the emergency services. The emergency plan shall also include the names and telephone numbers of the Contractor's staff who would be available to organize or assist with emergency action in the event of an incident occurring on the Site outside the Contractor's normal working hours. Approved copies of an emergency plan and procedures shall be produced by the Contractor and distributed and displayed at each place of work together with any other documents, posters or notices which the Employer may direct or are required by law.

ii. Before starting work on the Site, the Contractor shall ensure that all of his personnel are:

- Informed of the location of the nearest external telephone and the procedure for calling the Fire Department and other emergency services.

Page 156: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 338 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

- Informed of and understand fully the evacuation procedures from the Work sites.

13.5.2. Personal Protection

a. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

i. The Contractor shall undertake a survey and needs analysis of PPE requirements for the Works and for the conditions on Site and shall provide all appropriate PPE for his personnel.

ii. The Contractor shall agree with the Engineer the designation of “hard hat” areas on the Site and the Contractor shall provide approved safety helmets for his personnel.

iii. The Contractor shall provide and enforce the wearing of approved safety helmets and footwear and where necessary, eye goggles, ear protectors, safety harnesses and other personal protective equipment. The Contractor shall ensure that all persons on Site wear PPE at all times in areas where PPE is required.

iv. Wherever work is carried out on or near to the LRT facilities, particularly on the carriage way, or adjacent to a public way, the Contractor shall ensure that personnel shall, at all times, wear high visibility fluorescent garments.

b. Permit to Work

i. Wherever there are potentially hazardous conditions, the Contractor shall consider whether operating a "Permit to Work" system would reduce the hazards.

ii. The Contractor shall secure necessary Work Permit where statutory requirements exist.

13.5.3. Safety of Equipment and Plant

a. Contractor's Equipment, Tools, and Vehicles

i. The Contractor shall ensure that his own and his subcontractor's construction tools, plant and vehicles required for the execution of the Works are maintained in a safe condition and are used only by trained operators.

ii. Equipment shall be examined and checked by the Contractor prior to it being delivered to Site or placed into service to ensure that it is operating in a safe mode.

iii. The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment is maintained in a thoroughly serviceable condition and, where appropriate, the equipment shall be included in a preventive maintenance program or subjected to pre-use inspections. Maintenance records and programs shall be made available to the Engineer when required. Any item of plant or equipment considered by the Engineer to be unserviceable or unsafe, shall not be used and shall be removed from the Site without delay.

iv. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the most recent statutory inspection certificates in respect of all plant and equipment subject to statutory inspections, together with recent maintenance records for all items of equipment and tools which are being used in connection with the Works.

Page 157: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 339 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

v. Equipment driven by any form of combustion engine shall not be used below ground in confined areas or within the Employer’s premises, unless otherwise approved by the Employer. All mechanical equipment required within the Employer’s premises or below ground, or other confined area, unless otherwise agreed by the Employer, shall be powered by electricity or compressed air from an electrical compressor. Where Contractor's Equipment driven by combustion engine is permitted and used, then it shall be located where fumes will be effectively vented to atmosphere and will not cause a nuisance or be a hazard to health.

vi. The Contractor shall ensure that any noise-emitting equipment, which is required to be operated continuously or at night, shall be housed in a suitable acoustic enclosure. The requirements of Sub-Clause 9.19 shall apply with respect to noise disturbance.

b. Contractor's Lifts and Hoists and Other Lifting Equipment

i. All hoisting facilities shall satisfy the relevant legislative requirements.

ii. The Contractor shall operate all cranes strictly in accordance with national standards for the safe use of cranes. All cranes, hoists and the like shall be fitted with overload warning devices.

iii. To enable the Engineer to approve the use of the crane, the Contractor shall provide the following information at least 12 days before it is intended to bring a crane to the Site:

- Information concerning lifting capacity at various radii.

- Wheel, track and outrigger loads under traveling and lifting conditions.

- Details of crane positioning and load delivery route required for any lifting operation.

- Current insurance and test certificates for the crane, including chains, slings and other associated equipment.

- The dimensions and weights of the items to be lifted.

- The positioning of crane outriggers and the tail swing of any counterweights.

- The proximity of the crane and the working envelope, relative to the nearest operational running line or siding, if any.

- The orientation of the crane jib relative to any structure, running line or siding and a risk assessment of the crane jib collapsing or the crane overturning.

- The proximity of site services and public or the Employer’s utilities, including buried pipelines, drains, cable ducts, or overhead power lines shall be established. Sub-surface voids, manholes, chambers or other buried structures shall also be identified.

iv. Competent operators and banks men shall be clearly identified and shall be in possession of current certificates of training and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). The operators of shaft hoisting gear shall be in telephone communication with the top and bottom landings.

Page 158: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 340 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

v. The safe working load shall be clearly and indelibly marked on all lifting equipment.

vi. The Contractor shall prepare and maintain an up-to-date register containing test certificates of all lifting and hoisting equipment used on the Works. The register shall be available on Site from the commencement of construction for inspection by the Engineer and other relevant authorities.

vii. The operation of cranes, including crane arcs, shall be confined within the Work site boundaries unless otherwise approved by the Local Authority and the Police and agreed with the Employer.

c. Contractor's Access Equipment

i. Work shall not be carried out from a ladder, if the type of work cannot be carried out safely. Ladders shall only be used for the purpose for which they are designed.

ii. The Contractor shall ensure that all scaffolds erected on the Site shall be erected in accordance with the relevant national regulations. The Contractor shall arrange for full information and details concerning the permitted use and loadings of scaffolds to be clearly displayed on the scaffolds. The Contractor shall not permit any person other than a qualified operative to alter, erect, dismantle or otherwise interfere with any scaffold on the Site. Any scaffold being altered or dismantled or otherwise not suitable for use shall have a notice erected warning that it must not be used.

iii. The Contractor shall ensure that only experienced persons are permitted to carry out work on staging erected in roof areas and that all necessary safety harnesses and anchorage points are provided and used.

iv. No scaffold, ladder, trestle, or staging shall be used unless:

- It has been inspected during the preceding seven days.

- It has been inspected after rough or cold weather, which may have affected stability and safety.

- The details of each inspection have been recorded. Records are not required for scaffolds under 2 meters in height or for ladder or trestle scaffolds. All inspections shall be made by a competent person.

d. Temporary Lighting and Power Supplies

i. If so required under the Contract, the Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate lighting and power supplies for all parts of the Works.

ii. All electrical installations shall comply with the current Regulations for Electrical Installations.

iii. The Contractor shall give to the Engineer a copy of all certificates prepared upon completion of electrical installations and prepared for the periodic checks as required in accordance with the current Regulations. Periodic check certificates shall also be supplied whenever substantial alteration is made to an installation.

Page 159: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 341 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

The Contractors shall appoint a certified person to be solely responsible for ensuring the safety of all temporary electric equipment on the Site.

iv. All temporary electrical, installations which are associated with work on the

Employer’s property shall be subject conformance with the relevant local standards and to inspection by the Engineer.

13.5.4 Site Hazards

a. Cleanliness of the Site

i. The Site shall be maintained in a clean, tidy and safe condition. The Contractor shall ensure that flammable materials, e.g. paper, cardboard, oily rags, etc., do not accumulate. Spillage of hazardous liquids shall be mopped up immediately or absorbed in sand or other suitable material, which shall be disposed of by the Contractor in a manner appropriate to the spillage.

ii. The Contractor shall immediately remove and dispose any kind of refuse, inappropriate, loose or useless materials or sludge that have been disposed by same either voluntarily or involuntarily to any of the aforementioned areas. Household waste shall immediately be disposed to covered litter boxes or plastic bags to be collected by the Local Authorities. Burning of useless materials is strictly prohibited.

iii. All access shall be kept clean of obstructions at all times.

iv. Gas hoses for welding equipment shall be kept clear of footways. Electric cables shall be routed to avoid tripping hazards and the possibility of damage by vehicles. Where cables or hoses need to cross routes, they shall be suitably boarded over.

v. Pipe lengths or timber shall not be left lying about, especially pieces of wood with projecting nails or metal with sharp or jagged edges.

b. Control Against Insects and Rodents

i. The Contractor shall ensure that the conditions will not be favorable for the development of insects and rodents in the worksite area. The aforementioned is valid for any areas or installations occupied by the Contractor outside the worksite boundaries, throughout their occupation.

ii. Whenever, the presence of insects or rodents is observed, the Contractor shall carry out disinfection/rodent eradication according to the Engineer’s directions.

c. Work in Confined Spaces

i. The Contractor shall ensure that all work or entry into confined spaces is carried out in accordance with national legislation, which lays down specific requirements when work is carried out inside any chamber, tank, pit, pipe, flue or similar confined space.

ii. If dangerous fumes are liable to be present or the proportion of oxygen in the air is liable to be substantially reduced, the confined space shall have a manhole or other adequate means of egress. The manhole shall be of adequate size for a person using breathing apparatus.

Page 160: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 342 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

No persons shall enter a confined space in these circumstances unless:

- That they have been trained in the safety aspects of working in confined spaces and that they are in possession of a competency certificate for such work.

- They are wearing suitable breathing apparatus and PPE.\ - They have been authorized to do so by a responsible person and

they have a Confined Space Permit to Work. - Where practicable they are wearing a belt with a safety line and

are carrying suitable air quality detectors. - Appropriate methods of illumination are available. - Means of immediate rescue is available.

iii. Each person when entering the confined space must be warned when the safe period will expire.

The confined space shall not be certified as safe unless:

- Effective steps have been taken to prevent the entry of dangerous fumes.

- The space contains no sludge deposit or other material liable to give off dangerous fumes.

- The space has been adequately ventilated, has a supply of air adequate for breathing and has been tested for dangerous fumes.

- There is no risk of excessive amounts of water being present, or of sudden flooding occurring.

- Where a confined space is certified as safe, the wearing of breathing apparatus is optional; however a Permit to Work shall still be required.

iv. Sufficient resuscitation apparatus, lighting, breathing oxygen, belts, ropes, and approved breathing apparatus shall be provided adjacent to the confined space, and this equipment shall be maintained and examined every month by a competent person and the results entered into a register provided for that purpose. The register shall be available for inspection by the Engineer at all times.

d. Protection against Fire

i. The Contractor shall take strict precautions to protect the Works, the Employer’s property and all personnel on the Site from damage or injury due to fire.

ii. The Contractor shall not burn any waste or other material on Site.

iii. The Contractor shall follow safe procedures for removing tanks and pipes, which may have contained flammable liquids. In particular, the Contractor shall take adequate precautions to prevent fire or explosion caused by gas or vapor.

iv. The Contractor shall keep all exits, signs and means of access clear of obstructions, particularly access to fire fighting equipment and emergency stairs and doors.

v. Underground, the Contractor shall heat water using electric immersion heaters only and space heating shall be by electric convectors. All appliances shall be securely fixed.

Page 161: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 343 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

vi. The Contractor shall comply with International and National fire safety standards with respect to all materials, which are to be incorporated in subsurface parts of the Permanent Works.

vii. The Contractor shall comply with International and National fire safety standards with respect to all Temporary Works in areas of interface with the existing LRT system.

13.5.5 Health Hazards

a. Hazardous Materials

i. The Contractor shall impose necessary controls and procedures for the safe handling of hazardous substances.

ii. Specific requirements related to the control of exposure to asbestos and lead are outlined in Sub-Clauses 4.5.5b and 4.5.5c, respectively.

b. Asbestos

i. The Contractor shall not deliver any asbestos materials to the Site.

ii. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his approval details of any friction materials containing asbestos, which are proposed to form part of the Works. Such materials or the equipment containing such materials shall be clearly labeled in accordance with the relevant regulations.

iii. The Contractor shall comply with International and National regulations for the control of asbestos. The Contractor shall immediately cease work, cordon off the area and inform the Employer and the Engineer if any asbestos is discovered during the course of the Works. Qualified personnel shall carry out asbestos surveys.

iv. Where any work will result in exposure to asbestos, the Contractor shall submit for approval by the Employer and the Engineer his proposals for carrying out the remedial measures that may be required to comply with Sub-Clause 4.5.5b(iii).

v. The Contractor shall not commence any work on the LRT Line which necessitates contact with asbestos, until the area or installation has been visited by the Employer’s Specialist for Asbestos Control and removal measures as instructed by the Engineer have been completed.

c. Lead

The Contractor shall ensure that any work involving the use of lead in any form will be planned and carried out in accordance with International and National regulations for the control of lead at work. The regulations apply to any work including any type of handling, moving, storing, processing or otherwise, that exposes any person to lead, including any work from which lead arises:

i. In the form of lead dust, fume or vapor in such a way that it could be inhaled.

ii. In any form which is liable to be ingested such as powder, dust, paint, or paste.

iii. In the form of lead compounds such as concentrated lead alkali which could be absorbed through the skin.

Page 162: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 344 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

d. Ionizing Radiation

The Contractor shall implement measures to control exposure and dosage due to all sources of ionizing radiation, if any, which may be subject to statutory controls.

e. Noise

The Contractor shall impose controls and conduct any assessments as required by statutory noise regulations. Copies of noise assessments shall be made available for inspection by the Employer and the Engineer. Further requirements with respect to disturbance from noise are set out in Sub-Clause 9.19.

f. Contaminated Water

i. The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working in contact with drainage water are suitably safeguarded.

- Are aware of the provisions related to men working in contact with sewage, etc. The Contractor at a point shall display this notice or a card or a suitable alternative as agreed by the Engineer, which is conspicuous to all personnel working in such conditions.

- Are provided with and wear all necessary protective clothing and equipment. In addition to overalls and gloves this shall include a facemask (respirator) and goggles where splashing may occur.

- Are advised of the nearest washing area and are provided with waterless hand cleanser and towels where clean running water is not available in the working area.

- Only consume food in a designated rest room or clean area.

- Cover all cuts, scratches or abrasions with waterproof plasters.

- Enforce a No Smoking Policy.

ii. The Contractor shall take special precautions to protect all his personnel and others attending the Site from Leptospiral Jaundice (Weils’ Disease). Recommended precautions are the wearing of protective clothing and the elimination of rat infestation.

13.5.6 Fire Protection for Stations

a. Minimizing Fire Hazards

Fire hazards include but are not limited to the following:

i. Electrical switchgear.

ii. Electric and electronic equipment installed or being installed.

iii. Electrical cables and circuits.

iv. Electric traction supplies and contact wire systems.

v. Rail-Road vehicles and other self-propelled rolling stock.

vi. Oil/fuel spillage’s.

vii. General combustible materials (wood, paper, etc.).

The Contractor shall minimize the potential fire risks during installation. Consideration shall be given to the Site supervisory controls necessary to ensure a low risk of fire. The Contractor shall also:

Page 163: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 345 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

i. Establish adequate means of “first aid” fire fighting and provide suitable extinguishers, hoses and other appliances at selected locations.

ii. Establish arrangements for calling the local Fire Department by telephone and other means such as radio.

iii. Pay particular attention to the design of all electrical and mechanical systems and avoid overloading the electrical supply system and maintain equipment in good working order.

iv. Ensure that all personnel are fully trained in the use of fire-fighting equipment and rescue procedures.

v. Adopt a 'Permit-to-Work' system for special operations, particularly those that carry a relatively high fire risk.

vi. Promote general tidiness and cleanliness and ensure the removal of all flammable materials from tunnels or sub-surface workings when not required.

vii. Identify all possible sources and categories of fire and the appropriate means of fire fighting.

viii. The Contractor shall strictly enforce a ban on smoking.

b. Control of Dangerous Work

The Contractor shall not carry out any flame cutting, welding, grinding, spark producing or similar hot work operation involving risk of fire without approval from the Engineer and the following shall apply:

i. If hot working is likely to be undertaken the Contractor shall advise the Engineer of the need for such hot work and agree with the Engineer all precautions to be implemented throughout the duration of the hot work.

ii. The Contractor shall not carry out hot work underground when it could reasonably be done on the surface.

iii. The use of thermic lance or any paraffin/gas blowpipe shall not be permitted.

iv. The Contractor shall limit as far as is reasonably practicable the emission of smoke or any noxious or pungent fumes and he shall protect all persons there from.

v. The Contractor shall provide a competent and trained fire watchman for the whole duration of any hot working. The fire watchman shall be trained in the use of various types of extinguishers and other fire fighting equipment and he shall ensure that an adequate supply of appropriate fire fighting materials and equipment is readily available whilst burning or welding works are underway. The fire watchman shall not be engaged on other duties and shall remain on fire duty for at least one hour after the completion of welding or burning work to ensure there is no possibility of the outbreak of fire.

Only qualified welders or fitters tested in accordance with this Specification shall be permitted to burn or weld. They shall not be permitted to work alone but shall be accompanied by a competent fire watchman.

Petrol-driven plant shall not be used in any underground workings.

Page 164: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 346 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

13.6 LRTA Line 2 Rules and Regulations (Procedures)

When the Contractor is required to work in LRTA Line 1, the Contractor shall comply with LRTA’s Rules and Regulations when working on or near the Operational LRT system.

13.7 Safety Requirements on or Adjacent to the LRT Line

13.7.1 LRTA’s Rule Book

a. When working on or adjacent to the LRT/ MRT Line the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed with the Employer, shall work in accordance with the rules and regulations specified in LRTA’s Rule Book and Procedures and in any subsequent revisions thereof.

b. Each member of the Contractor's Site staff shall know, understand and comply with the appropriate sections of the LRTA’s Rule Book at all times.

c. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Employer’s Engineering Instructions as may be notified by the Employer from time to time.

d. Within two weeks from Commencement Date, the Contractor will be provided with a copy of the LRTA’s Rule Book and Procedures relevant at that time.

13.7.2 Notification of Accidents

In the event of any incident or dangerous occurrence on or about the LRT Line during the carrying out of the Works, the Contractor shall comply with statutory requirements for notification of accidents. Α copy of the notification shall be given to the Employer, in order that the Employer may comply with statutory requirements as appropriate. The Contractor shall maintain records of the activities of its personnel carrying out the Works. In the event of an incident affecting the operation of the LRTA Line, the Contractor may be required to give evidence to an investigation team if the Contractor's work is involved.

13.7.3 Safety on the LRTA Line

On Existing Line 2

a. Person in Charge on Site

The Contractor shall appoint a responsible person as the Person in Charge on Site, if any work is to be carried out on the direct proximity of existing LRT Line. The Contractor shall ensure that the Person in Charge on Site has been trained and is clearly identifiable. The appointed Person in Charge on site may also act as Safety Supervisor per Sub-Clause 4.5.1a, for any particular shift.

b. Work in Traffic Hours on the LRTA Line

If, by any means, the Contractor is required to work in Traffic Hours on the LRTA / MRT Line but not closer than 2 meters from the nearest track, the following safety precautions shall be observed:

i. The Contractor shall make all arrangements necessary for the safe and efficient protection of the trains and the public and shall provide and maintain all temporary structures, shields, fences, close boarded decks and protective screens to such sizes and of such types as may be approved by the Employer. The Contractor shall erect such protective arrangements during Engineering Hours occupation(s) of the Track.

Page 165: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 347 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ii. The Contractor shall ensure that his personnel and equipment do not encroach on or cross the Track.

iii. When work is being carried out at places where the Track is electrified, the Contractor shall issue to all personnel engaged on the work any instructions supplied by the Engineer/Employer regarding the danger to persons working in proximity to the overhead supply lines, cables, wires and electrical equipment and shall see that such personnel are made fully conversant with such instructions and that they are strictly obeyed. The Contractor shall display warning posters of the potential hazards in prominent positions on the Site at Monumento station and connecting line and facilities now operated by Line 1.

c. Work in Traffic Hours on Platforms

i. The Contractor shall not carry out any work on station platforms during Traffic Hours within 2 meters of the platform edge, unless protected by a Look-out Man and with the prior permission of the Engineer/ Employer.

ii. Where the Contractor's activities necessitate working within 0.6 m of the station platform edge in Traffic Hours, the activities shall be confined to minor maintenance work only and shall be performed only when protected by a Look-out Man, and with the prior permission of the Engineer/Employer.

iii. All personnel required to work or to obtain access to any such areas in Traffic Hours shall be required to hold the relevant LRTA track safety qualification.

d. Work in the Track

All work, and the movement of men and materials, which is to be executed in any of the circumstances detailed below shall only be carried out during Engineering Hours and in full compliance with the rules set out in the Rule Book:

i. Any work within 2 meters horizontally and 4.2 meters vertically from the nearest running rail, with the exception of work on platforms.

ii. Any work involving the lifting or placing of objects in such a position and in such a manner that either the objects or the lifting equipment might be a danger to the LRTA at any stage during the operation.

iii. Any work requiring access to be gained along or adjacent to the Track or restricted clearance areas.

iv. Any other work which, in the opinion of the Employer, could endanger the LRTA.

e. Work within Rectifier Substations, Equipment Rooms and Signal Equipment Rooms

i. The Contractor shall not work within any Rectifier Substation without an authorized Engineer’s representative being in attendance. The Contractor shall protect all electrical equipment within the Substation to the approval of the Employer prior to carrying out any alteration works within this area.

Page 166: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 348 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

ii. The Contractor shall not work within any Equipment Room or Signal Equipment Room without an authorized Employer’s representative being in attendance.

iii. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for maintaining safe working conditions within Rectifier Substations, Equipment Rooms or Signal Equipment Rooms.

iv. The Contractor shall not use Rectifier Substations or Equipment Rooms or Signal Equipment Rooms as stores or workrooms.

f. Track Occupation during Engineering Hours

i. Occupation of the Track during Engineering Hours will be arranged by the Employer and normally be granted after the traction current has been switched off. All staff, equipment and materials shall be cleared off the Track not less than 20 minutes, or such other period as the Engineer/Employer may decide, before the traction current is switched on again.

ii. The Contractor shall not commence work without the Engineer’s/Employer’s Safety Officer/s being in attendance that enforce the Employer’s “Site Safety Procedure”.

iii. The duration of the period of occupation may be interrupted by the passage of an Engineering Vehicle and all work shall be suspended as and when directed by the Engineer/Employer during the passage of the vehicle. Under no circumstances will cranes or mechanized plant be allowed to work after the approach of a vehicle has been signaled or warning given of the approach of a vehicle, until such vehicle has been passed clear of the Site.

iv. When work has ceased at the end of each shift all exposed uncompleted work shall be protected with a hoarding.

v. Panels of hoardings on platforms or adjacent to the Track which are removed during Engineering Hours shall be securely replaced to the Engineer’s/Employer’s satisfaction not less than thirty minutes, or such other period as the Engineer/Employer may decide, before the start of Traffic Hours.

g. Engineer’s/Employer’s Safety Officer/s

The Contractor shall, before commencing any work on or adjacent to the Track, give adequate notice to the Engineer/Employer of his intention to work and arrange with the Employer for the attendance for the duration of the work of the Engineer’s/Employer’s Safety Officer/s.

h. Works interfacing with MRT line

To be agreed with MRT organization of North Station.

i. On the North Extension

Works can be done 24 hours a day, 7 days a week as far as Contractor are complying with General Safety Rules with LRT/MRT and work schedule.

13.7.4 Safety Training Requirements

a. Training Requirements

No member of the Contractor's personnel shall work on the LRT system and in particular on or adjacent to the Track without first having attended and

Page 167: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 349 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

passed the relevant safety training courses including those outlined in b), and c) below.

All personnel attending the safety training courses shall first undergo a medical appraisal, which shall satisfy the standards for such appraisals. All persons shall be declared medically fit as a pre-requirement to attending the training courses and working on the LRTA Line.

The training courses shall be provided free of charge by the Engineer/Employer. All other expenditure incurred by the Contractor as a result of his personnel attending the courses or medical appraisal shall be borne by the Contractor.

b. Fire Fighting and Evacuation

The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel on Site are properly trained in the fire precautions to be observed in the course of the work, the use of fire fighting equipment maintained on Site, the actions to be taken in case of fire and the fire evacuation procedures from sub-surface sections of the LRTA Line and within station premises.

c. Training of Contractor's personnel for the System and the Track

All Contractor's personnel who will be or may be carrying out work or who may require access on or adjacent to the LRTA Line or the Track, shall attend a course arranged by the Engineer/Employer before commencing any such work or obtaining any access. On successful completion of the course, the trained Contractor's personnel will be issued with certificates by the Employer, and these shall be carried at all times by the Contractor's personnel. Contractor's personnel attending the course shall wear suitable clothing including boots or shoes for walking along the Track and shall have in their possession a High Visibility Vest.

13.7.5 Use of Radios

The Contractor shall ensure that the use of personal radio sets or other similar electrical equipment (including personal stereo sets with headphones but excluding hearing aids) is forbidden in all areas of the LRTA Line.

The Contractor shall seek approval for the use of radio transceivers on the Employer’s premises. A written request shall be submitted to the Engineer/Employer at least 14 days before the proposed use of the radio equipment and the request shall include information on output power and allocated frequency.

13.7.6 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

The Contractor shall ensure that high visibility clothing conforming with the requirements, is worn by all persons at all times when on or near the Track.

The minimum standard to satisfy the above requirement is the "High Visibility Vest" which may be purchased from an approved supplier.

13.7.7 Hot Working

The Contractor shall ensure that Hot Working is carried out in accordance with the following requirements in addition to those specified in Sub-Clause 4.5.6b.

Permits for hot working shall be applied for by the Contractor from the Engineer not less than 48hours prior to the proposed commencement date of the operation.

The Contractor shall not undertake any hot work anywhere within the confines of the operating LRT Line during Traffic Hours, without the approval of the Engineer.

Page 168: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 350 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

Where hot working is to be carried out in any part of the Works which is connected to the LRT Line, the Engineer/Employer may also supply a fire watchman in addition to the Contractor's responsibilities as set out in Sub-Clause 4.5.6b. If the attendance of the Engineer’s/Employer's fire watchman is considered necessary, work shall not commence until he is in attendance.

13.7.8 Safety of Equipment and Plant

a. LRT Line Equipment

All work shall be carried out in such a manner so as to ensure the safety of the LRT Line, to prevent damage to LRTA’s equipment and to require the absolute minimum of alteration to such equipment.

b. Screening of Lights

All lights or lasers provided by the Contractor shall be so placed as not to cause any confusion with or so as not to interfere with any signal lights on the LRTA Line. If directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall forthwith remove such lights and lasers and replace them in a position approved by the Engineer. Such approval shall not preclude the Engineer from giving further directions as to such replaced lights or lasers.

13.7.9 Fire Protection Requirements

a. The Contractor shall ensure that, on the Employer's operating premises, he maintains the integrity of compartmentation of rooms and areas throughout the duration of the Works. The Contractor shall agree with the Engineer/Employer the means of ensuring such integrity of compartmentation and maintenance of the fire protection systems installed on the Employer's premises. The Contractor shall not obstruct access to fire fighting equipment, nor isolate fixed fire protection or detection equipment unless approved by the Engineer.

b. Materials Standards

All materials used on underground work shall be in compliance with fire safety standards, unless otherwise approved.

c. Fire Performance of Temporary Hoardings in Enclosed Areas

The fire performance criteria and approved painting systems for temporary hoardings in enclosed areas shall be to the approval of the Engineer.

d. Storage and Use of Gas Cylinders, Flammable and Volatile Materials

i. The Contractor shall not take or store anywhere on the LRT Line any cylinders of industrial or flammable gases, including Oxygen, and containers or flammable and volatile materials without the prior written permission of the Engineer/Employer.

ii. The Contractor shall make arrangements for any storage of flammable and volatile material, including Oxygen, to be strictly controlled during the period of the Works.

iii. Gas cylinders and flammable and volatile materials shall be stored only at ground level and in locations approved by the Engineer. The storage areas shall be in a position that will not cause an obstruction to passageways, other passenger areas, ticket offices and staff accommodation and not be near booking offices or any source of ignition. Gas cylinders shall be stored in locked cages and be vertical and properly supported. Hoses and cylinder keys shall be removed from cylinders and

Page 169: ranging from plus 16 degrees Celsius to plus 40 degrees ... · showing material, configuration, arrangements and lubricants requirements. Structural design criteria indicating the

Contract for the Civil Works of LRT Line 2 Appendix - 351 BID DOCUMENTS East (Masinag) Extension Project Section VI. Procuring Entity’s Requirements Package 2 – Design and Build of Stations Appendix to the Terms of Reference

kept away from the cylinders. Flammable and volatile materials shall be stored in locations separate from gas cylinders and in sealed metal containers with a maximum storage of all materials in one place of 0.025 cubic meter.

e. No Smoking Policy

The Contractor shall throughout the progress of the Works, strictly enforce the Employer's ban on smoking, which exists in all areas of the LRT System.

13.7.10 Hazardous Materials

In addition to the requirements of Sub-Clauses 4.5.5 and 4.6, the Contractor shall comply with the Employer's Engineering Instructions with respect to the use, storage, licensing and inspection of storage facilities for hazardous materials. All hazardous materials should be accompanied with a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).

13.7.11 Delivery and Handling of Materials, Plant and Equipment

a. The delivery of materials, plant or equipment by the Contractor through public areas of the LRT Line shall be undertaken only during Engineering Hours.

b. The Contractor shall not place any material, plant or equipment within 2 meters from the nearest running rail or the platform edge, unless approved by the Engineer/Employer.

c. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for approval, proposals for any lifting of heavy items, storing or transporting of materials, plant or equipment on or along LRT platforms/premises. The Contractor's proposals shall include information on floor loads. The Contractor shall provide at least two week's notice of his intention to carry out such work.